Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Specialty Retail / JD Sports Fashion

JD Sports Fashion

jd · LSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker jd
Exchange LSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Specialty Retail
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · JD Sports Fashion
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL 
REPORT & 
ACCOUNTS 
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  

201302

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

03

CONTENTS

04   SUMMARY OF KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS 
05  WHO WE ARE 
19   EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT
28   FINANCIAL AND RISK REVIEW 
32  PROPERTY AND STORES REVIEW 
35   CORPORATE AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY 
42   THE BOARD 
43   DIRECTORS’ REPORT 
48   CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT 
54  DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 
60   STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 
61  
62   CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
63   GROUP AND COMPANY CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
64   GROUP AND COMPANY CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
65  GROUP AND COMPANY CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
66  GROUP AND COMPANY CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASHFLOWS
67   NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
131   FIVE YEAR RECORD
132   FINANCIAL CALENDAR
132   SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

CONTACT

JD Sports Fashion Plc
Hollinsbrook Way
Pilsworth
Bury
BL9 8RR
Tel:  +44 (0)161 767 1000
Fax:  +44 (0)161 767 1001
www.jdplc.com

Trading Websites

www.jdsports.co.uk
www.size.co.uk
www.scottsonline.co.uk
www.bankfashion.co.uk
www.chausport.com
www.getthelabel.com
www.champion.ie
www.kooga-rugby.com
www.kukrisports.com
www.nicholasdeakins.com
www.thedufferofstgeorge.com
www.peterwerth.co.uk
www.blacks.co.uk
www.millets.co.uk
www.squirrelsports.co.uk
www.cloggs.co.uk
www.sprinter.es
www.tessuti.co.uk
www.footpatrol.co.uk

Non trading websites
www.uksourcelab.com

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  

04
20134

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

05

SUMMARY OF KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

Financial KPIs
Revenue 
Gross profit % 
Operating profit (before exceptional items) 
Profit before tax and exceptional items 
Exceptional items (i)
Operating profit
Profit before tax 
Basic earnings per ordinary share 
Adjusted basic earnings per ordinary share
Total dividend payable per ordinary share 
Net cash at end of year (ii)
Non Financial KPI
Trading space at year end (sq ft ‘000) (iii)

53 weeks to  
2 February 2013 
£000

52 weeks to 
28 January 2012 
£000

 1,258,892 
48.7%
61,323 
 60,465 
(5,348)
55,975
 55,117 
79.71p 
 88.51p 
 26.30p 
45,636

2,894

 1,059,523
49.2%
 76,461 
 75,957 
(9,685)
66,776
 67,442 
 96.27p 
 105.89p 
 25.30p  
60,295

3,058

 %  
Change

+18.8

-19.8
-20.4

-16.2
-18.3
-17.2
-16.4
+4.0

(i)   Excludes share of exceptional items of joint venture in the 52 week period to 28 January 2012
(ii)   Net cash consists of cash and cash equivalents together with interest-bearing loans and borrowings
(iii)  123 loss making Blacks stores closed in year

GROUP HIGHLIGHTS

•  Ongoing robust performance in core Sports fascias which 

continue to provide investment platform for future profitability 
in JD in Europe. In the UK and Ireland, these fascias 
contributed an additional £4.7m of operating profits in 
the year (before exceptional items) and we are building an 
appropriate store base in Europe for future success there

•  The good performance in the Sports fascias has continued  
in the current financial year with like for like sales growth in 
the UK and Ireland stores (excl Champion) of 1.9% in the  
9 weeks to 6 April 2013

•  £14(cid:15)9 million of operating losses (before exceptional items) 
incurred in Outdoor fascias but performance improving now 
that new management team has been installed with stocks 
being better managed, store investment commenced and 
ongoing cost reduction programme to deliver benefits in the 
current financial year

•  Like for like sales for the 53 week period in the UK and 
Ireland combined core retail fascias increased by 1.2%:

Sport  
UK & Ireland  
(excl Champion)
+2.5%

Fashion  
(excl Premium)
-4.1%

Combined Core  
UK & Ireland
+1.2%

•  Final dividend payable increased by 3(cid:15)8(cid:6) to 22(cid:15)00p  

(2012: 21.20p) bringing the total dividends payable for the 
year to 26.30p (2012: 25.30p) per ordinary share,  
an increase of 4.0%

REVENUE (£M)

NET CASH (£M)

PROFIT BEFORE TAX  
& EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS (£M)

670.9

2009

769.8

2010

883.7

1,059.5

1,258.9

2011

2012

2013

23.5

2009

60.5

2010

86.1

2011

60.3

2012

45.6

2013

53.6

2009

67.4

2010

81.6

2011

76.0

2012

60.5

2013

WHO WE ARE

Established in 1981 with a single store in Bury, in the North West  
of England, JD Sports Fashion Plc is a leading retailer and distributor 
of sport and athletic inspired fashion apparel, footwear and fashion 
and outdoor clothing and equipment in the UK and Europe.

The Group has over 800 stores across a number of retail fascias in 
the UK, Republic of Ireland, France and Spain and is proud of the fact 
that it always provides its customers with the latest products from the 
very best brands.

The Group also operates on-line businesses for these retail fascias, 
providing the Group with a truly multichannel, international platform.

06 ANNUAL REPORT  

& ACCOUNTS  
2013

UNDISPUTED

JD is acknowledged as the leading specialist multiple retailer of 
fashionable branded and own brand sports and casual wear in the 
UK and Republic of Ireland combining globally recognised brands 
such as Nike and adidas with strong own brand labels such as 
Mckenzie, Carbrini and The Duffer of St George. JD now has entered 
the European market with 10 stores in France and during 2012 has 
opened five stores in Spain.

08

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

SIZE MATTERS

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  

20139

HAVE
YOU
HUGGED
YOUR
FOOT
TODAY?

Size? was originally established to trial edgier brands and footwear 
styles before introducing them to the mass market through the JD 
fascia. Size? is positioned as an ‘independent’ retailer with each store 
having its own feel and loyal catchment. Size? has also opened its  
first European store in Paris during 2012.

The Air Huarache OG from Nike.
“The Shoe that stretches with your 
foot” is back for the first time 
in its original form 
since 1991.

www.size.co.uk

10 ANNUAL REPORT  

& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  

201311

AUTHORITY

Scotts delivers brand authority to an older, more affluent male 
consumer offering brands such as Fred Perry, adidas Originals  
and Original Penguin, amongst others(cid:15)

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  

201312

 ATTITUDE

Bank is aimed at the young male and female, branded  
fashion-conscious consumer selling fast fashion brands such 
as Superdry, Paul’s Boutique, Lipsy and Jack & Jones as well as 
own brands such as Ribbon, Blonde & Blonde, and Rivington. 
Bank opened its first store in the Republic of Ireland during 2012.

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  

201314

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  

201315

LIFE OUTDOORS

Blacks was acquired from administration in January 2012 and is a 
long established retailer of specialist outdoor footwear, apparel and 
equipment with two distinct fascias in Blacks and Millets. The Blacks 
stores primarily stock more technical products from the premium 
brands such as The North Face and Berghaus with Millets catering  
for a more casual outdoor customer. Millets is also the major fascia 
for our two strong own brands, Peter Storm and Eurohike.

16

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  

201317

GROUP FASCIAS

Chausport was acquired in May 2009 
and sells a strong range of international 
brands such as Nike, adidas and 
Le Coq Sportif together with brands 
more specific to the French market 
such as Redskins.

Sprinter was acquired in June 2011  
and is one of the leading sports retailers 
in Spain selling footwear, apparel, 
accessories and equipment for a wide 
range of sports as well as lifestyle casual 
wear and childrenswear. This offer 
includes both international sports brands 
and successful own brands. 

Champion was acquired in April 2011 
and is one of the leading retailers 
of sports apparel and footwear in the 
Republic of Ireland with 17 stores in 
premium locations in town centres  
and shopping centres.

Getthelabel.com is an on-line and 
catalogue business which offers 
customers significant savings on 
branded fashion and footwear.

Premium branded fashion is a new 
opportunity for the Group and our  
vision is to become the first choice 
retailer for branded premium fashion  
in the UK(cid:15) Our stores offer customers  
a strong mix of brands including  
Hugo Boss, Ralph Lauren Polo,  
Diesel and Stone Island. 

Cloggs was acquired out of 
administration in February 2013 and 
is an on-line niche retailer of premium 
branded footwear.

The Group also has a number of businesses which design and distribute team wear and fashion product.

Kooga design, source and wholesale 
rugby apparel and equipment, with 
teamwear, replica and leisurewear 
ranges. Kooga is also sole kit supplier 
to a number of professional rugby clubs 
across both codes.

Nicholas Deakins designs and 
manufactures predominantly men’s 
footwear and clothing. Since its inception 
in 1991, the brand has been moulded 
into several collections with labels 
including Nicholas Deakins Green Label 
clothing and footwear, Deakins and 
Deakins kids. Nicholas Deakins supplies 
both Group and external businesses. 

Source Lab Limited, which was 
established in 2005, design, source and 
distribute football related apparel under 
license from some of the biggest clubs 
in Europe including Manchester United, 
Chelsea, Arsenal and Barcelona.

Kukri, acquired in February 2011, 
sources and provides bespoke sports 
teamwear to schools, universities and 
sports clubs. Teams design and order 
their personalised kit on-line, with over 
75 different sports catered for. 
In addition, Kukri also is sole kit supplier 
to a number of professional sports teams.

Focus are involved in the design, 
sourcing and distribution of footwear 
and apparel both for own brand and 
licensed brands, such as Peter Werth,  
Fly 53, Ecko, Ellesse, and Voi Footwear, 
for both group and external customers.

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  

201318

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  

201319

EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN’S 
STATEMENT

INTRODUCTION
The year to January 2013 was one of substantial change 
for the Group and it is worth reflecting on the key changes:

•  (cid:56)e entered the Outdoor market in January 2012 with the 
purchase of the Blacks and Millets store portfolios from the 
administrators of Blacks Leisure Group Plc. Although initial 
results have been more disappointing than originally 
anticipated we now have a firm foothold in a different and 
growing lifestyle market in the UK. With our capacity for 
creating efficient and appealing environments already 
evidenced through the stores which we have refurbished, 
along with our capable support systems, we remain 
optimistic that these Outdoor fascias will prove to be 
a successful core retail operation

•  (cid:56)e consolidated our warehousing into the new central 
distribution facility in Rochdale, eliminating the capacity 
constraints we previously had and reducing double 
handling of stock. The new warehouse has subsequently 
absorbed both the Christmas period and the transfer in the 
current year of the Outdoor business from its facility in 
Northampton although there are still improvements in 
efficiency to be achieved

•  (cid:56)e have continued our expansion of the Sports Fascias 

in France and Spain and are expecting to continue to add 
stores in existing and new territories in 2013(cid:15) Our product 
offer in Southern Europe can be improved but we now have 
a greater understanding of the key ingredients for success in 
Europe. We expect to move into other territories in Europe 
this year

•  (cid:56)e have strengthened the Group(cid:8)s executive 

team in the last six months with the appointment of 
Dave Williams as Group Commercial Director and 
Pat Lee as Group Supply Chain and Change Director. 
We have also invested significantly in our Multichannel team

•  (cid:56)e have committed to changing our legacy IT systems 
to Oracle(cid:15) (cid:56)e have already successfully implemented 
Oracle Financials with the main retail system following 
through 2014 and 2015

Although we have a number of short term challenges we 
believe we are developing our infrastructure appropriately to 
support the future anticipated growth of our businesses in all 
channels. This investment in infrastructure also ensures that 
we protect the core Sports fascias in the UK which continue 
to produce excellent results and provide the Group with 
a very solid foundation for ongoing profitability and future  
cash generation.

20

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

21

STRATEGIC DEVELOPMENTS
Retail remains the core focus for the Group and the strategic 
developments and acquisitions which we have made in the 
period reflect this focus(cid:15)

(cid:56)e have continued the international development of our 
JD fascia through further expansion in France and the 
opening of our first stores in Spain(cid:15) By 2 February 2013 we 
had 11 JD and Si(cid:91)e? stores in France with one further store  
opening to date in the new financial period(cid:15) (cid:56)e now feel that 
we are beginning to generate some momentum in France(cid:15) 
(cid:56)e will maintain this momentum with further openings 
through 2013(cid:15) 

During the year we opened five JD stores in Spain including 
the conversion of a pre-existing Sprinter store(cid:15) One further 
store has opened to date in the new financial year(cid:15) Spain has 
proved a more difficult market than France for JD to date and 
improvements need to be made to both our product offer 
and price architecture there(cid:15)

(cid:56)e made our initial entry into the Premium Fashion sector 
in 2011 through the acquisition of eight Cecil Gee stores(cid:15) 
(cid:56)e have subsequently complemented this in the current year 
by making two further small acquisitions (Tessuti Group and 
Originals) in this sector(cid:15) These acquisitions have given us 
additional critical mass together with management knowledge, 
both of which were needed to create a business in this sector 
which is capable of delivering future profitability, supported by 
the Group(cid:8)s resource(cid:15) The combined business is now run by 
the management of Tessuti(cid:15)

In recent years, the Group has steadily increased its stable 
of owned and licensed sporting and fashion inspired brands(cid:15) 
This strategy has continued and in the year to January 2013 
we acquired rights to the (cid:41)enleys, Fly 53 and Gio Goi brands 
at a cost of £2(cid:15)6 million, £0(cid:15)4 million and £2(cid:15)4 million respectively(cid:15) 

In Distribution, we have been pleased with the performance 
to date of the Source Lab business in which we acquired an 
85(cid:6) holding in May 2012 at a cost of £2(cid:15)6 million(cid:15) 
Source Lab(cid:8)s management have proven experience of 
developing ranges of sport related product and we believe 
we can use this experience to enhance the return from the 
Group(cid:8)s stable of brands and other Sports inspired businesses(cid:15)

After the year end, we also acquired the intellectual property 
and other assets associated with the Cloggs online footwear 
business from its administrators for a cash consideration of 
£0(cid:15)6m(cid:15) Cloggs is an online niche retailer of premium 
branded footwear and so whilst its product offering is very 
complementary it also gives us opportunities to extend our 
customer base and the width of our offer(cid:15)

(cid:56)e have also made significant investments in the year 
in two projects which will not only support our current retail 
businesses in future years but which will also have the capacity 
to deal with growth both organically and by acquisition 
whether that be in the UK or overseas(cid:15) The first of these 
projects is our new centralised warehouse in Kingsway, 
Rochdale which became fully operational in Summer 2012 
with substantially all stock for the UK and Ireland retail fascias 
now channelled through this facility(cid:15) The second major project 
concerns the development of replacement of our legacy 
bespoke commercial systems with Oracle Retail(cid:15)

This project is in its early stages and we currently plan to bring 
the first of the Group(cid:8)s businesses on to this system in 2014(cid:15) 
Thereafter, the retail businesses will be transferred in stages 
with all current retail businesses anticipated to be working on 
the new system by Autumn 2015(cid:15)

DISPOSAL OF CANTERBURY
During the year we completed the disposal of the Canterbury 
business to Pentland Group Plc for a total consideration of 
£22(cid:15)7 million which represented a full repayment of the net 
cash investment made by the Group into Canterbury since 
our acquisition of the initial interest in August 2009(cid:15)

SPORTS FASCIAS 
The Sports Fascias are JD, Si(cid:91)e?, Chausport, Sprinter and 
Champion Sports(cid:15)

The Sports Fascias(cid:8) total revenue (after elimination of 
inter-group sales) increased by 10(cid:15)2(cid:6) during the period 
to £854(cid:15)0 million (2012: £774(cid:15)6 million) with like for like 
sales growth of 2(cid:15)5(cid:6) (2012: (cid:12)0(cid:15)3(cid:6)) in the core UK and 
Ireland sports fascia stores (excl Champion)(cid:15) This represents 
a significant improvement on the (cid:12)1(cid:15)2(cid:6) that we announced 
in the results for the first half of the year and is a very robust 
performance in the current economic climate(cid:15) It is clear that 
our largely unique product offering combined with a 
well-executed retail environment is attractive to the consumer(cid:15) 
Our challenge is to ensure that these basic principles are 
repeated in all of our retail fascias(cid:15)

Gross margin achieved in the Sports Fascias decreased only 
marginally to 50(cid:15)6(cid:6) (2012: 50(cid:15)8(cid:6)) which includes a full year 
of the lower margin Sprinter and Champion businesses for 
the first time(cid:15)

Operating profit (before exceptional items) of the 
Sports Fascias increased by £3(cid:15)5 million to £77(cid:15)8 million 
(2012: £74(cid:15)3 million)(cid:15) Most pleasing was the increase of 
£4(cid:15)7m in the operating profit (before exceptional items) 
of the core JD businesses in the UK and Ireland 
(including Si(cid:91)e?) to £72(cid:15)9 million (2012: £68(cid:15)2 million)(cid:15)

The contribution from Chausport decreased to £0(cid:15)6 million 
(2012: £1(cid:15)5 million)(cid:15) Although there was growth in like for like 
sales of 0(cid:15)7(cid:6) (2012: 2(cid:15)2(cid:6)), this growth did not generate 
sufficient margin to cover an increased investment in resource 
both in stores and centrally(cid:15) 

FASHION FASCIAS
The established Fashion Fascias of Bank and Scotts are now 
complemented by a Premium Fashion business comprising 
Cecil Gee, Originals and Tessuti(cid:15)

The loss in the JD France business (including the Si(cid:91)e? 
store in Paris which was opened in the year) increased 
marginally to £0(cid:15)5 million (2012: loss of £0(cid:15)2 million) as this 
business scales up(cid:15) The performance of our recently opened 
stores makes us increasingly confident about the prospects for 
JD in France though and we would hope to at least reach a 
break even position in the current financial year although we 
are fully aware that we need to improve our overall apparel 
offer, particularly in the South of the country(cid:15)

The Sprinter business, which we acquired in June 2011, 
had a good year with profits maintained at £4(cid:15)7 million 
(2012: £4(cid:15)7 million for the 7 months post acquisition)(cid:15) 
This is an excellent performance overall given the seasonally 
loss making five month non like for like period at the start of 
the year and the increase in the rate of VAT from 18(cid:6) to 21(cid:6) 
which came into effect on 1 September 2012(cid:15) (cid:56)e remain 
pleased with this acquisition and believe that the management 
team that we have in Spain are well equipped to steer the 
business through the very difficult economic period that the 
country is currently facing(cid:15)

(cid:56)e opened our first JD stores in Spain in the year with  
our limited openings to date already providing us with 
considerable additional market knowledge which we are using 
to refine our offer(cid:15) (cid:41)owever, we do not yet have any critical 
mass and given the ongoing economic difficulties and 
increased fiscal take then we will remain cautious in the short 
term in our approach to opening new stores in Spain(cid:15)

Champion made a minimal contribution to operating profit 
in the year (2012: £0(cid:15)1 million)(cid:15) (cid:41)owever, given that this 
includes the absorption of £0(cid:15)8m of losses in the non like for like 
period at the start of the year then the business performed well(cid:15) 
(cid:56)hilst there are some short term operational changes which 
we can make which will benefit the financial performance in 
the shorter term we do not expect a more substantial 
improvement until the wider economy in the Republic of Ireland 
picks up more strongly(cid:15)

The Fashion Fascias(cid:8) total revenue (after elimination of  
inter-group sales) increased by 5(cid:15)8(cid:6) during the period to 
£160(cid:15)4 million (2012: £151(cid:15)6 million)(cid:15) Like for like sales in 
the two core fascias declined by 4(cid:15)1(cid:6) (2012: (cid:12)2(cid:15)2(cid:6)) being 
Bank -4(cid:15)9(cid:6) (2012: (cid:12)3(cid:15)9(cid:6)) and Scotts -0(cid:15)5(cid:6) (2012: -2(cid:15)9(cid:6))(cid:15) 

Gross margin achieved in the Fashion Fascias declined from 
48(cid:15)5(cid:6) to 47(cid:15)4(cid:6)(cid:15) This decline was caused by clearance activity 
in the Cecil Gee business which was required to clear excess 
Spring / Summer product(cid:15) These stores, along with the 
Originals stores which were acquired in the year, are now 
managed by the Tessuti management team(cid:15)

The Bank fascia sells largely branded fashion to both 
males and females, predominantly for the teenage to 
mid-twenties sector(cid:15) In the year the store portfolio grew from 
80 stores to 85 stores, still based predominantly in the North 
and the Midlands(cid:15) (cid:56)hilst the business made an operating loss 
(before exceptional items) in the year of £0(cid:15)5 million 
(2012: profit of £3(cid:15)1 million) we are encouraged by a number 
of factors with footfall maintained, a good performance in 
Menswear and a slight enhancement of margins(cid:15) 
(cid:56)ith the right product, we believe that Bank is capable of 
making a contribution to Group operating profits again(cid:15) 

Our turnaround plan for Bank involves increased focus on the 
female offer which is reflected in our recent recruitment of an 
experienced (cid:41)ead of (cid:56)omen(cid:8)s although we will not see the 
benefits of her product decision making until later in the 
current financial year(cid:15) (cid:56)e will also look to utilise our stable of 
owned and licensed brands and improve our footwear 
offering(cid:15) There will also be some rationalisation of the central 
overhead base(cid:15)

The Scotts fascia stores continue to offer branded fashion 
authority to more affluent young males, largely in the 
North and Midlands(cid:15) Three stores were closed in the period 
with no new openings resulting in 32 stores at the year end 
(2012: 35 stores)(cid:15) Operating profit (before exceptional items) 
reduced by £0(cid:15)7 million to £0(cid:15)1 million (2012: £0(cid:15)8 million) 
principally from a reduction in gross margin(cid:15) The fascia 
continues to serve a useful purpose to the Group as an introducer 
of brands and provides revenue for a legacy store portfolio(cid:15)

22

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

23

FINANCIALS SUMMARY
Revenue

Total revenue increased by 18(cid:15)8(cid:6) (almost £200 million) in the 
year to £1,258(cid:15)9 million (2012: £1,059(cid:15)5 million) of which 
£121(cid:15)0 million of sales were generated from the full year of 
the Blacks business (2012: £5(cid:15)9 million for the three week 
period)(cid:15) A further £54(cid:15)8 million of revenue was generated 
either in businesses acquired in the year or the annualisation 
of the other businesses acquired in the year to January 2012(cid:15) 
£20(cid:15)6 million of revenue was lost from the disposal of Canterbury(cid:15)

Gross margin

Total Gross Margin fell from 49(cid:15)2(cid:6) to 48(cid:15)7(cid:6) reflecting the 
impact of the margin sacrifice in the second half of the year in 
the Outdoor business(cid:15) The achieved margin in the Fashion 
Fascias also fell by 1(cid:15)1(cid:6) to 47(cid:15)4(cid:6) (2012: 48(cid:15)5(cid:6)) with ongoing 
clearance activity in the Premium Fashion businesses(cid:15) (cid:56)e are, 
however, greatly encouraged by the fact the margins in the 
Sports fascias were largely maintained at prior year levels(cid:15)

Our combined Premium Fashion offering made an operating 
loss of £1(cid:15)5 million (2012: loss of £0(cid:15)6 million) principally 
from losses in the Cecil Gee stores which we understood to be 
loss making when we made our initial entry into the Premium 
Fashion market in June 2011(cid:15) (cid:41)owever, following our 
acquisition of the Tessuti business in the year we believe that 
we have a management team that has sector specific 
experience and is capable of delivering a successful Premium 
Fashion proposition with a consistency of retail standards and 
a geographically appropriate brand offering(cid:15) Dealing with the 
legacy issues in the business, particularly property, will mean 
that we are unlikely to deliver any meaningful profit from this 
activity in the short term(cid:15)

OUTDOOR
Outdoor had an exceptionally difficult year resulting in it 
delivering an operating loss (before exceptional items) of 
£14(cid:15)9 million (2012: loss of £2(cid:15)2 million for the short 
period post acquisition)(cid:15) 

On our acquisition of the business from administration in 
January 2012 we inherited a very limited and unbalanced 
stock position, with a particularly severe lack of stocks in many 
core high performing lines combined with an excessively large 
and overrented store portfolio and a disproportionate central 
cost base(cid:15) Our first priorities in turning around the business 
were to deal with these issues(cid:15) Agreeing and receiving a 
resumption of supply from key suppliers was a difficult and time 
consuming process(cid:15) Consequently, it was three months before 
we started to receive any substantial deliveries of new stocks(cid:15) 
During this period, the business made very substantial losses(cid:15)

At acquisition we backed the incumbent management team, 
who only came together in Autumn 2011, and gave them the 
opportunity to turn the business round(cid:15) (cid:41)owever, it became 
clear through the year that they did not have sufficient 
experience or knowledge of the Outdoor market to take the 
business forward(cid:15) This was reflected in the proposition which 
they bought into for the key Autumn and (cid:56)inter seasons which 
required significant margin sacrifice to clear through(cid:15) 
(cid:56)e now have a new management team which includes both 
external recruits and long serving members of the Group(cid:8)s 
team(cid:15) (cid:56)e will not see its full impact until later in the year but 
we believe that we now have the right team and strategy to 
take the business forward(cid:15)

The initial strategy on retail fascia and property locations was 
that we should retain only the Blacks fascia long term with a 
portfolio of approximately 130 stores(cid:15) (cid:41)owever, during the 
year we have increasingly realised that there is a place for 
Millets as it has considerable support and goodwill amongst 
its customers and it is a good outlet for our own brands 
(Peter Storm and Eurohike)(cid:15)

This two fascia strategy, with differentiated management, will 
enable us to segment the product more appropriately and so 
we now believe that we will retain approximately 140 stores in 
the longer term of which approximately 80 will be fascia(cid:8)ed as 
Blacks and 60 will be fascia(cid:8)ed as Millets(cid:15) The Blacks stores will 
primarily stock more technical products from the premium 
brands at higher price points with Millets catering for a more 
casual outdoor customer(cid:15)

During the year we closed 122 stores and opened one store 
to give a store portfolio of 174 stores (2012: 295 stores)(cid:15) 
A further five stores have closed since the year end(cid:15) 
The negotiations with the landlords on either new leases or 
temporary licences have also been protracted as we have 
needed to negotiate rents which were sustainable in the longer 
term(cid:15) This assessment has been made difficult because of the 
need for a major proposition overhaul(cid:15) (cid:41)owever, this task is 
now well progressed(cid:15) (cid:56)e have also refurbished seven stores to 
date(cid:15) This has provided us with valuable additional knowledge 
which we will apply in future refurbishments(cid:15) (cid:56)e are 
encouraged by the performance of these stores in the 
period since they reopened(cid:15)

Keeping the smaller scale Blacks and Millets business in their 
pre-existing office and warehouse facility at Northampton was 
not economically viable(cid:15) (cid:56)e have now closed the warehouse 
and moved the distribution function in to the Group(cid:8)s new 
facility at Kingsway(cid:15) An exceptional charge of £0(cid:15)9 million has 
been recognised in the year for this restructuring of the 
distribution operations(cid:15) (cid:56)e have also integrated several back 
office functions into existing Group teams(cid:15) The migration of the 
remaining activity from Northampton to Bury is proposed to 
take place through Summer 2013 and so we would anticipate 
a further charge for restructuring in the new financial year(cid:15)

(cid:56)e believe that the various issues which Blacks has faced in 
the year were a legacy of the administration process and the 
result of previous mismanagement and we would anticipate a 
significant reduction in the operating loss in the current 
financial year(cid:15) (cid:56)e will, of course, now be looking for the 
support of suppliers in return for our efforts in elevating the 
desirability of their brands in premium retail locations(cid:15) 
(cid:56)ith this support, we believe that the decisive action we have 
taken to date and the strategy which we have adopted will give 
us the foundation of a business which is capable of delivering 
sustained operating profits in the medium term(cid:15)

DISTRIBUTION
Our Distribution businesses contributed a small operating 
profit of £0(cid:15)4 million (2012: £1(cid:15)1 million)(cid:15) This includes a 
profit of £1(cid:15)9 million from Canterbury in the seven months 
prior to its disposal (2012: £0(cid:15)4 million profit for the full year) 
with the second half of the year traditionally loss making(cid:15) 
A number of our remaining Distribution businesses have had 
a difficult year reflecting the downstream effect of ongoing 
challenging circumstances in the Retail sector generally(cid:15) 
(cid:56)e continue to review the benefit of holding each of these 
investments which must be capable of either delivering a 
significant profit in its own right or give us some other tangible 
strategic benefit(cid:15)

The Getthelabel(cid:15)com online and catalogue business within 
Topgrade has now been trading for over three years(cid:15) 
Overall we are pleased with the development of this business 
with sales increasing in the year by 43(cid:6) and losses more 
than halved to £0(cid:15)7 million (2012: £1(cid:15)5 million)(cid:15) (cid:56)e anticipate 
further growth this year with a further reduction in the losses(cid:15) 
Operating profits within the wholesale operation of Topgrade 
decreased slightly by £0(cid:15)2 million to £0(cid:15)6 million 
(2012: £0(cid:15)8 million)(cid:15) The performance of this element of 
the business is naturally volatile as it is very dependent on 
the timing and general availability of clearance package 
from the major brands(cid:15)

Focus has had a difficult year with an operating loss of 
£1(cid:15)0 million (2012: profit £1(cid:15)4 million) which is primarily from 
losses which have arisen after the acquisition of the trade and 
assets of the Fly 53 brand including 14 concessions in (cid:41)ouse 
of Fraser stores(cid:15) As with other businesses which we have 
acquired in similar distressed circumstances the business was 
in a fractured state on acquisition with a poor mix of stocks 
and an inappropriate cost structure(cid:15) (cid:56)e believe we have now 
resolved the majority of these acquisition issues and would 
anticipate at least a substantial reduction in these operating 
losses in the new financial year(cid:15)

Although revenues in Kukri have grown by £4(cid:15)4 million to 
£20(cid:15)5 million (2012: £16(cid:15)1 million) the business made an 
operating loss of £0(cid:15)1 million (2012: profit £0(cid:15)5 million)(cid:15) 
In the period after acquisition, Kukri has needed to make 
substantial investment in new IT systems and other 
infrastructure to have the potential to grow and ultimately 
deliver a meaningful return on our investment(cid:15) (cid:56)e believe that 
Kukri(cid:8)s current underperformance is short term and that the 
brand is strong and can be leveraged in the future(cid:15)

Elsewhere in the distribution division, Deakins has 
maintained its profitability and we are very pleased with the 
initial performance of Source Lab(cid:15) (cid:41)owever, the disappointing 
performance in Kooga has continued with losses increased to 
£1(cid:15)0 million (2012: £0(cid:15)8 million)(cid:15)

24

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

25

WORKING CAPITAL AND FINANCING
A combination of funding for the Blacks business, ongoing 
acquisition activity (including the acquisition of the Gio Goi 
brand in the final week before the period end) and capital 
expenditure incurred means that year end net cash decreased 
by £14(cid:15)7 million to £45(cid:15)6 million (2012: £60(cid:15)3 million)(cid:15) 
The revolving credit facility has been used through most of the 
year and, consequently, the net financing charge increased by 
£0(cid:15)5 million to £0(cid:15)9 million (2012: £0(cid:15)4 million)(cid:15) 

The Group has a £75 million committed syndicated bank 
facility secured until 12 October 2015(cid:15) This facility consists of 
a £60 million revolving credit facility with a current margin of 
1(cid:15)40(cid:6) over LIBOR together with a £15 million working 
capital facility(cid:15) It is likely that we will increase these facilities in 
the current year to enable us to continue to make acquisitions 
when opportunities occur(cid:15)

Gross capital expenditure (excluding disposal costs) decreased 
slightly by £2(cid:15)2 million to £43(cid:15)5 million (2012: £45(cid:15)7 million)(cid:15) 
The majority of the expenditure on the Kingsway facility was 
incurred in the prior year although a further £1(cid:15)4 million was 
spent in the year (2012: £19(cid:15)4 million)(cid:15) (cid:41)owever, this 
reduction was offset by increased investment in our overseas 
businesses with total investment in the year of £9(cid:15)5 million in 
France (2012: £4(cid:15)7 million) and £6(cid:15)8 million in Spain 
(2012: £2(cid:15)1 million)(cid:15) Elsewhere, we also spent £3(cid:15)4 million 
on the Blacks property portfolio and we have acquired a new 
combined warehouse and head office building for Kukri at 
a cost of £0(cid:15)7 million(cid:15)

Increased confidence in the potential for JD internationally 
combined with ongoing investment in refurbishing the Blacks 
portfolio and investment in the new core Oracle ERP system 
means that capital expenditure will remain high this year(cid:15)

(cid:56)orking capital remains well controlled with suppliers 
continuing to be paid to agreed terms and settlement 
discounts taken whenever due(cid:15) 

Operating profit

Operating profit (before exceptional items) decreased by 
£15(cid:15)2 million to £61(cid:15)3 million (2012: £76(cid:15)5 million) 
principally due to the full year loss in the Blacks business of 
£14(cid:15)9 million (2012: loss of £2(cid:15)2 million for the three week 
period)(cid:15) (cid:56)e expect these losses to be substantially reduced in 
the new financial year(cid:15) 

After exceptional items of £5(cid:15)3 million (2012: £9(cid:15)7 million), 
Group operating profit decreased from £66(cid:15)8 million to 
£56(cid:15)0 million(cid:15)

The exceptional items comprised:

Loss on disposal of fixed assets
Impairment of fixed assets in loss 
making stores
Onerous store lease provision

Total property related exceptional costs

Reorganisation of warehouse operations (1)
Canterbury restructuring (2)
Blacks restructuring (3)

Total reorganisation and restructuring costs

Impairment of intangible assets (4)
Profit on disposal of Canterbury (5)
Gain following acquisition of Focus Brands (6)

Total other exceptional charges/(credits)

Total exceptional charge

2013 
£m
0.2
0.9

2012 
£m
1.2
1.5

1.3

(0.2)

2.4

0.2
0.2
0.9

1.3

2.5

3.0
1.6
3.5

8.1

2.3
(0.7)
-

2.7
-
(3.6)

1.6

(0.9)

5.3

9.7

(1)   Reorganisation of the warehouse operations consisting of 
provisions for onerous property leases and redundancy costs

(2)   Redundancies and other one off costs incurred in the 

closure of Canterbury European Fashionwear Limited and 
Canterbury North America LLC

(3)   Restructuring of the Blacks business following acquisition 

for relocation of warehouse operations

(4)   Current year charge relates to a partial impairment of the 
goodwill arising on the acquisition of Bank Fashion(cid:15) 
The charge in the prior year relates to the impairment of 
intangible assets on Kooga goodwill and brand name 
(£1(cid:15)9 million) and Cecil Gee fascia name (£0(cid:15)8 million)

(5)   Profit on the disposal of the Canterbury group of businesses 
to Pentland Group plc in September 2012 (see note 12)

(6)   The gain on the disposal of the Focus joint venture arose in 
the prior year from the remeasurement to fair value of the 
Group(cid:8)s previously held investment in Focus Brands Limited

STORE PORTFOLIO
During the period, store numbers (excluding trading websites) have moved as follows:

SPORTS FASCIAS    

(No. Stores)
Start of period
New stores
Transfers
Closures
End of period

(000 Sq Ft)
Start of period
New stores
Transfers
Closures
End of period

JD 
UK & Ireland
332
17
4
(21)
332

JD 
UK & Ireland
1,150
58
19
(47)
1,180

JD 
France 
(a)
5
6
-
-
11

JD 
France 
(a)
9
17
-
-
26

JD 
Spain
-
4
1
-
5

JD 
Spain
-
12
2
-
14

Size? 
UK & Ireland 
(b)
23
2
-
(2)
23

Size? 
UK & Ireland 
(b)
33
1
-
(5)
29

(a) Includes the Si(cid:91)e? store in Les (cid:41)alles, Paris 
(b) Includes the Foot Patrol store in Berwick Street, London

Bank
80
7
-
(1)
(1)
85

Bank
238
18
-
(2)
(2)
252

Scotts
35
-
-
-
(3)
32

Scotts
72
-
-
-
(6)
66

FASHION FASCIAS

(No. Stores)
Start of period
New stores
Acquisitions
Transfers
Closures
End of period

(000 Sq Ft)
Start of period
New stores
Acquisitions
Transfers
Closures
End of period

OUTDOOR FASCIAS

Start of period
New stores
Closures
End of period

Chausport
74
5
-
(4)
75

Chausport
82
6
-
(4)
84

Originals
-
-
7
-
(2)
5

Originals
-
-
13
-
(3)
10

Champion
20
-
(3)
-
17

Champion
92
-
(17)
-
75

Cecil Gee
6
-
-
-
(2)
4

Cecil Gee
16
-
-
-
(2)
14

Sprinter
49
5
(1)
-
53

Sprinter
603
42
(2)
-
643

Tessuti
-
2
4
-
-
6

Tessuti
-
6
11
-
-
17

No.  
Stores
295
1
(122)
174

Total
503
39
1
(27)
516

Total
1,969
136
2
(56)
2,051

Total
121
9
11
(1)
(8)
132

Total
326
24
24
(2)
(13)
359

000 
Sq Ft
763
2
(281)
484

 
 
26

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

THE UNDISPUTED

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

27

DIVIDENDS AND EARNINGS PER SHARE
The Board proposes paying a final dividend of 22(cid:15)00p 
(2012: 21(cid:15)20p) bringing the total dividend payable for the 
year to 26(cid:15)30p (2012: 25(cid:15)30p) per ordinary share(cid:15) 
The proposed final dividend will be paid on 5 August 2013 
to all shareholders on the register at 10 May 2013(cid:15) 
The total dividends payable for the year have therefore 
increased by a further 4(cid:6) with a cumulative growth over the 
last five years of 209(cid:6)(cid:15)

The adjusted earnings per ordinary share before exceptional 
items were 88(cid:15)51p (2012: 105(cid:15)89p)(cid:15)

The basic earnings per ordinary share were 79(cid:15)71p 
(2012: 96(cid:15)27p)(cid:15)

EMPLOYEES
The Board are extremely grateful for the contribution that all 
our employees make through skills, energy and dedication(cid:15) 
In difficult trading conditions and with radical turnaround plans 
in place in certain of our businesses then we realise that we are 
very reliant on this contribution(cid:15) Equally, the Board recognises 
that the ongoing success of the core JD business comes from 
the execution excellence delivered by the whole team(cid:15)

CURRENT TRADING AND OUTLOOK
(cid:56)e are pleased overall with the start that we have made to the 
new year(cid:15) A very considerable amount of reorganisation in 
both Outdoor Retail and our warehousing and distribution 
operations is now behind us and this should benefit trading in 
the balance of the year(cid:15) The like for like sales performance for 
the nine weeks to 6 April 2013 continues to be encouraging in 
the Sports Fascias(cid:15) This performance has been as follows:

Sport UK & Ireland 
(excl Champion)
+1.9%

Fashion  
(excl Premium)
-6.2%

Combined Core 
UK & Ireland
+0.5%

The Group is exceptionally well positioned with its retail 
proposition, financial resources and extensive management 
experience to take advantage of opportunities both in the UK 
and internationally(cid:15) (cid:56)hilst the Board recognises that recent 
acquisition activity has impacted on short term returns, 
it remains confident that the Group is well positioned to 
deliver earnings growth and increased shareholder returns 
over the longer term(cid:15)

A further update will be made in our Interim Management 
Statement on 19 June 2013(cid:15)

Peter Cowgill 
Executive Chairman 
17 April 2013

NIKE AIR FORCE 1 
ONLY AT  JD 

INSTORE. ONLINE. SOCIAL
INSTORE. ONLINE. SOCIAL
JDSPORTS.CO.UK

28

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

29

FINANCIAL AND RISK REVIEW

INTRODUCTION
Operating profit before exceptional items decreased by 
£15(cid:15)2 million from £76(cid:15)5 million to £61(cid:15)3 million in the 
year primarily from a loss in the first full year of the 
Blacks business of £14(cid:15)9 million following our acquisition of 
the trade and assets of its fascias from its administrators in 
January 2012(cid:15) (cid:56)e expect that this level of loss will be reduced 
in the current financial year(cid:15)

Importantly, the core JD business across UK and Republic of 
Ireland increased its operating profit before exceptional items 
by £4(cid:15)7 million following a strong trading performance in the 
year which has continued to date in the current financial year(cid:15)

TAXATION 
The effective rate of tax on profit has decreased by 1(cid:15)6(cid:6) to 
25(cid:15)2(cid:6) primarily due to a decrease in the standard rate of 
UK corporation tax(cid:15) 

Excluding both exceptional items and prior year adjustments 
from the tax charge, the effective core tax rate has decreased 
from 27(cid:15)7(cid:6) to 26(cid:15)1(cid:6)(cid:15) This core effective tax rate continues 
to be above the standard rate due to the depreciation of 
non-current assets which do not qualify for tax relief and 
overseas subsidiaries being subject to higher rates of 
corporation tax than the UK rates(cid:15)

EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per share have decreased by 17(cid:15)2(cid:6) from 
96(cid:15)27p to 79(cid:15)71p(cid:15) The Directors consider the adjusted 
earnings per share to be a more appropriate measure of the 
Group(cid:8)s earnings performance since it excludes the post-tax 
effect of exceptional items (other than the loss on disposal of 
non-current assets)(cid:15) The adjusted earnings per share 
decreased by 16(cid:15)4(cid:6) from 105(cid:15)89p to 88(cid:15)51p(cid:15)

DIVIDENDS
A final cash dividend of 22(cid:15)00p per share is proposed, 
which if approved, would represent an increase of 3(cid:15)8(cid:6) on 
the final dividend from the prior year(cid:15) Added to the interim 
dividend of 4(cid:15)30p per share, this takes the full year dividend 
to 26(cid:15)30p, which is an increase of 4(cid:15)0(cid:6) on the prior year(cid:15) 
The full year dividend has therefore grown by 46(cid:6) in 3 years(cid:15)

NET CASH AND TREASURY FACILITIES
The year end net cash position has decreased 
by £14(cid:15)7 million to £45(cid:15)6 million(cid:15) Capital expenditure 
(including payments made for key money in France) 
decreased slightly in the year by £2(cid:15)2 million to £43(cid:15)5 million(cid:15) 
The capital expenditure in the year includes £9(cid:15)5 million in 
France (2012: £4(cid:15)7 million) and £6(cid:15)8 million in Spain 
(2012: £2(cid:15)1 million)(cid:15) A further £3(cid:15)4 million was spent 
on the Blacks store portfolio in the year(cid:15)

In spite of the heavy level of capital expenditure and cost of 
acquisitions, the Group generates significant amounts of cash 
in its operations giving the Board the confidence to deliver a 
further enhancement in dividends to shareholders(cid:15)

The working capital cycle means that the Group uses the  
£60 million revolving credit facility and £15 million working 
capital facility during the year although we continue to look for 
opportunities to reduce the seasonal demand on these facilities(cid:15)

The existing facilities have been used to fund both the capital 
expenditure and investment activity in the year with no other 
Group facilities put in place(cid:15) The Board believes that the 
current overall structure of revolving credit facility and overdraft 
is the most flexible and efficient way of dealing with the short 
term seasonal peaks in the working capital cycle(cid:15) 
(cid:41)owever, it is likely that we will increase these facilities in the 
current year to enable us to continue to make acquisitions 
when opportunities occur(cid:15)

Interest rate hedging has not been put in place on the 
current facility(cid:15) The Directors continue to be mindful of the 
potential volatility in base rates, but at present do not consider 
a long term interest rate hedge to be necessary given the 
inherent short term nature of both the revolving credit facility 
and working capital facility(cid:15) This position is reviewed regularly, 
along with the level of facility required(cid:15)

Trade creditors continue to be paid to terms to maximise 
settlement discounts with the period end creditor days  
being 40 (2012: 39)(cid:15)

FOREIGN EXCHANGE EXPOSURES
The Group(cid:8)s principal foreign exchange exposure continues to 
be on the sourcing of own brand merchandise from either the 
Far East or Indian Sub-Continent which usually has to be paid 
for in US Dollars(cid:15) A buying rate is set at the start of the buying 
season (typically six to nine months before product is delivered 
to stores)(cid:15) At this point, the Group aims to protect the 
anticipated US Dollar requirement at rates at, or above, the 
buying rate through appropriate foreign exchange instruments(cid:15) 

The Group(cid:8)s forecast requirement for US Dollars in the period 
to January 2014 is now (cid:5)121 million(cid:15) Cover is in place for 
2013 for (cid:5)108 million meaning that the Group is currently 
exposed on exchange rate movements for (cid:5)13 million of the 
current year(cid:8)s estimated requirement(cid:15) 

The Group is also exposed to the movement in the rate of the 
Euro from the sale of its UK sourced stocks to its subsidiaries in 
Europe(cid:15) (cid:41)owever, the Group has a natural hedge on this 
exposure as the Euros received for that stock are then reinvested 
back in those European subsidiaries to fund the development of 
both new stores and refurbishments(cid:15)

RISK FACTORS
Any business undertaking will involve some risk with many risk 
factors common to any business no matter what segment it 
operates in(cid:15) The Directors acknowledge however that certain 
risks and uncertainties are more specific to the Group and the 
markets in which its businesses operate(cid:15) The principal risk 
factors are assessed below:

RETAIL SPECIFIC
BRANDS

Risk and impact: The retail fascias offer a proposition 
that has a mixture of third party and own brand product(cid:15) 
These fascias are heavily dependent on the products and the 
brands themselves being desirable to the customer if the 
revenue streams are to grow(cid:15) Therefore, the Group needs all 
of its third party and own brands, including brands licensed 
exclusively to it, to maintain their design and marketing 
prominence to sustain that desirability(cid:15)

Further, the Group is also subject to the distribution policies 
operated by some third party brands(cid:15) 

Example of mitigation: Ultimately, the Group seeks to 
ensure it is not overly reliant on a small number of brands by 
offering a stable of brands which is constantly evolving(cid:15) 
This includes actively seeking additional brands which it can 
either own or license exclusively(cid:15)

RETAIL PROPERTY FACTORS

Risk and impact: The retail landscape has seen significant 
changes in recent years with a number of new developments 
opened and a high volume of retail units becoming vacant(cid:15) 
The Group can be exposed where it has committed itself to a 
long lease in a location which, as a result of a more recent 
retail development, is no longer as attractive to the customer 
leading to reduced footfall and potentially lower sales volumes(cid:15)

Example of mitigation: (cid:56)herever possible, the Group will 
seek either to take out new leases for a period not exceeding 
10 years and to negotiate earlier lease breaks, thereby limiting 
this potential exposure and affording the Group increased 
flexibility to respond to such changes(cid:15)

(cid:56)hen the Group determines that the store performance is 
unsatisfactory it approaches the landlords to agree a 
surrender of the lease(cid:15) (cid:56)here this is not possible, the Group 
would seek to assign the lease or sublet it to another retailer(cid:15) 
In many cases, this necessitates the payment of an incentive 
to the other retailer(cid:15)

The Group is mindful of current economic factors and the 
adverse impact on the potential for disposal from the high 
volume of vacant units already available as a consequence of 
a number of retailers going out of business in recent years(cid:15)

(cid:41)owever, assigning the lease or finding a sub-tenant is not 
without risk because if the other retailer fails then the liability to 
pay the rent usually reverts to the head lessee(cid:15) The Group 
monitors the financial condition of the assignees closely for 
evidence that the possibility of a store returning is more than 
remote and makes a provision for the return of stores if this 
risk looks probable(cid:15) The Board reviews the list of assigned 
leases regularly and is comfortable that appropriate provisions 
have been made where there is a probable risk of the store 
returning to the Group under privity of contract and, other than 
as disclosed in note 25, they are not aware of any other stores 
where there is a possible risk of these stores returning(cid:15)

WAREHOUSE OPERATIONS
Risk and impact: The Group(cid:8)s new warehouse in 
Rochdale became operational during 2012(cid:15) The increased 
centralisation of stock and the automation within the picking 
process will bring significant operational and cost benefits but 
there is an increased risk to store replenishment from both 
equipment and system failure, together with the inherent risk of 
having all the stock in one location(cid:15)

Example of mitigation: The Group has worked with its 
insurers on a robust Business Continuity Plan which came into 
effect once the new warehouse became operational 
in mid 2012(cid:15) In addition, there is a full support contract with 
our automation equipment providers which includes a 24/7 
presence from a qualified engineer thereby enabling 
immediate attention to any equipment issues(cid:15)

SEASONALITY

Risk and impact: The Group(cid:8)s core retail business is 
highly seasonal(cid:15) (cid:41)istorically, the Group(cid:8)s most important 
trading period in terms of sales, profitability and cash flow has 
been the Christmas season(cid:15) Lower than expected performance 
in this period may have an adverse impact on results for the 
full year, which may cause excess inventories that are difficult 
to liquidate(cid:15) 

Example of mitigation: The business monitors stock levels 
through sales forecasting to manage the peaks in demand 
and to predict trading profiles(cid:15)

30

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

31

IT

Risk and impact: The Group relies on its IT systems 
and networks and those of the banks and the credit card 
companies to service its retail customers all year round(cid:15) 

The principal legacy enterprise system has historically been 
ideally suited to the operations of the business but it has 
always been heavily reliant on a very limited number of key 
development staff who have now left the business(cid:15) This risk  
has been mitigated by improving documentation of the system 
and recruiting external developers to support the system(cid:15) 
(cid:41)owever, the Board are mindful that it is difficult to recruit 
people with the relevant technical knowledge of the language 
that the legacy system is written in(cid:15)

Example of mitigation: The Board has started a programme 
to replace the legacy enterprise system(cid:15) (cid:41)owever, whilst a 
move to a third party system will reduce the risks in the current 
system there is significant execution risk during the migration 
work which could take a number of years to complete(cid:15) 
Further, the introduction of a third party system will bring 
additional costs both in terms of the initial development 
and ongoing support(cid:15)

Any long term interruption in the availability of the core 
enterprise system would have a significant impact on the retail 
businesses(cid:15) The Group manages this risk by the principal IT 
servers being housed in a third party location which has a mirror 
back up available should the primary servers or links fail(cid:15) 

LOSS OF BUSINESS CAUSE D BY TERRORISM, 
RIOTS OR NATURAL DISASTER

Risk and impact: Acts of terrorism, riots and natural 
disasters can all adversely impact sales and inventories(cid:15)

Example of mitigation: The Group has insurance policies in 
place to cover the risk of stock loss, property expenditure and 
loss of trade in the event of a riot, terrorism or natural disaster(cid:15) 
The standard cover for loss on trade is one year but some 
stores have extended periods of cover where a rebuild would 
take in excess of one year(cid:15) This insurance also extends to 
situations where the Group(cid:8)s trading location may not be 
directly affected but where we are prevented from trading by 
a refusal of access(cid:15)

ALL BUSINESSES

ECONOMIC FACTORS

Risk and impact: As with other retailers and distributors into 
retail businesses, the demand for the Group(cid:8)s products is 
influenced by a number of economic factors, notably interest 
rates, the availability of consumer credit, employment levels 
and ultimately, disposable incomes(cid:15)

This is particularly relevant at the current time, where there are 
significant cutbacks within national and local government and so 
many consumers have had to cut back on non-essential spending(cid:15)

Example of mitigation: The Group seeks to manage this 
risk by offering a highly desirable and competitively priced 
product range, which is differentiated from that of the 
Group(cid:8)s competitors(cid:15)

INDIRECT TAXATION

Risk and impact: The Board are mindful of the fact that 
Governments across Europe are seeking to raise their tax 
yields to deal with their nation(cid:8)s long term deficit(cid:15) One way that 
a number of governments have done this is by increasing the 
rate of Value Added Tax(cid:15) In regard to the Group(cid:8)s current 
locations, there have been rises in the last 18 months in the 
Republic of Ireland and Spain(cid:15) The Board is conscious of 
potential future rises in Value Added Tax(cid:15)

(cid:56)hen Value Added Tax is raised part way through season then 
the Group(cid:8)s businesses cannot pass the rise on as the price of 
the product is already known by the consumers in the relevant 
retail market(cid:15) It is not always possible to pass on rises in new 
season product as to do so could make the product 
unattractive to the consumer(cid:15) The Group(cid:8)s retail businesses are 
mindful of the potential for (cid:65)ticket shock(cid:8) where customers are 
introduced to price points that they have not been used to 
seeing in a store(cid:15)

Example of mitigation: (cid:56)herever possible the Group(cid:8)s 
businesses look to work with their respective suppliers on 
ensuring that the cost of the product is maintained at a 
level that makes it possible to achieve an appropriate margin(cid:15) 
(cid:56)e are also investing additional time and effort in ensuring 
that markdown activity is reduced through strong and 
focused merchandising(cid:15)

In the Group(cid:8)s Distribution businesses the Board are mindful of 
the fact that they are acting as supplier and so face the reverse 
pressure from their Retail customers(cid:15)

RELIANCE ON NON-UK MANUFACTURE RS

PERSONNEL

Risk and impact: The majority of both third party branded 
product and the Group(cid:8)s own branded product is sourced 
outside of the UK(cid:15) The Group is therefore exposed to the risks 
associated with international trade and transport as well as 
different legal systems and operating standards(cid:15) (cid:56)hilst the 
Group can manage the risk in the supply chain on its own and 
licensed products, it has little control over the supply chain 
within the third party brands(cid:15) As such, the Group is exposed to 
events which may not be under its control(cid:15)

Example of mitigation: The Group works with its suppliers 
to ensure that the products being sourced satisfy increasingly 
stringent laws and regulations governing issues of (cid:41)ealth and 
Safety, packaging and labelling and other social and 
environmental factors(cid:15)

COSTS

Risk and impact: During the year the Group faced increased 
costs in fuel and other energy with the cost of fuel in particular 
increasing further in the current year(cid:15)

Example of mitigation: A number of measures have 
been introduced in recent years to reduce the impact of 
fuel and other energy cost rises:

•  Appropriate software used to manage the distribution of 

product to stores so that vehicles are fuller and fewer vehicle 
journeys made

•  The Group(cid:8)s new distribution facilities have been designed to 

accommodate double deck trailers

•  Annual fixed price contracts agreed on electricity

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

Risk and impact: The Group(cid:8)s trademarks and other 
intellectual property rights are critical in maintaining the value 
of the Group(cid:8)s own brands(cid:15) Ensuring that the Group(cid:8)s 
businesses can use these brands exclusively is critical in 
providing a point of differentiation to our customers and 
without this exclusivity we believe that footfall into the stores, 
visits to our websites and ultimately conversion of these visits 
into revenues would all be reduced(cid:15)

Example of mitigation: The Group therefore works with 
third party organisations to ensure that the Group(cid:8)s intellectual 
property is registered in all relevant territories(cid:15) The Group also 
actively works to prevent counterfeit product being passed 
off as legitimate(cid:15)

Risk and impact: The success of the Group is partly 
dependent upon the continued service of its key management 
personnel and upon its ability to attract, motivate and retain 
suitably qualified employees(cid:15) 

Example of mitigation: To help achieve this continued service, 
the Group has competitive reward packages for all of its staff(cid:15) 

More specifically for the retail businesses, the Group also has 
a long established and substantial training function which 
seeks to develop training for all levels of retail employees and 
thereby increase morale and improve staff retention(cid:15) This then 
ensures that knowledge of the Group(cid:8)s differentiated product 
offering is not lost, thereby enhancing customer service(cid:15)

TREASURY

Risk and impact: (cid:56)hilst the Group does not have any 
borrowings from its core syndicated facility as at the year end 
date, it does utilise the facility through the working capital cycle 
with interest on any borrowings at variable rates linked to 
LIBOR(cid:15) Further details of the Group(cid:8)s interest rate risk are 
provided in note 23 on page 109(cid:15)

The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign 
exchange risk arising from various currency exposures but 
primarily with respect to the US dollar on the purchase of 
stocks of own brand merchandise where an unhedged 
strengthening of the US Dollar relative to Sterling would 
increase the cost of this merchandise and potentially ultimately 
lead to reduce margins(cid:15)

Example of mitigation: The foreign exchange risk is 
managed through the use of appropriate foreign currency 
contracts(cid:15) Further information is also provided in note 
23 on page 109(cid:15)

ACQUISITIONS IN NEW GEOGRAPHICAL MARKETS

Risk and impact: The Group has expanded its international 
presence significantly recently into a tough international 
economic climate(cid:15)  

Example of mitigation: (cid:56)herever possible, this expansion is 
undertaken by way of acquisition of a local business where 
there is a strong local management team who are familiar with 
the market and country that they operate in(cid:15) (cid:56)e look to 
incentivise this management team through an appropriate 
reward structure which compensates them at an appropriate 
level for the achievement of demanding yet realistic 
performance targets(cid:15)

Brian Small 
Group Finance Director 
17 April 2013

32

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

33

PROPERTY AND STORES REVIEW

UK
Our retail property strategy across all our various fascias, 
including the recently acquired Outdoor stores, is to have 
modern, efficient and attractively presented stores located in 
prime locations with strong footfall(cid:15) (cid:56)e maintain our belief 
that the vibrant presentation of our stores increases the 
attractiveness and desirability of our product and provides our 
stores with a real point of difference(cid:15) Consequently, we have 
continued to invest heavily in the store portfolio both in terms 
of new stores and major refurbishments of existing space(cid:15) 
This has included initial investment in the Blacks property 
portfolio with pleasing results to date(cid:15) After years of 
underinvestment, the Outdoor portfolio will require 
considerable investment over a sustained period of time 
to bring the stores up to standard(cid:15)

27 new stores opened in the period (being 18 Sports Fascia 
stores, eight Fashion Fascia stores and one Outdoor Fascia 
store) with 16 stores refurbished (being nine Sports Fascia 
stores and seven Outdoor Fascia stores)(cid:15) These refurbishments 
included two locations where we upsi(cid:91)ed by taking either all or 
part of a neighbouring unit(cid:15) 

(cid:56)e have 10 vacant stores in the UK which are not sublet in any 
way and we continue to look at options for sublets or utilising 
this space within our existing fascias, even if only in the short 
term, although we are mindful of the potential cannibalisation 
impact this may have on other nearby stores(cid:15)

The 18 new Sports Fascia stores included nine stores in new 
locations with the remainder being relocations in towns or 
malls to either larger space or a position of greater footfall(cid:15) 
During the year, we also converted one existing Bank store to 
JD as we believed this would maximi(cid:91)e the performance of this 
particular store(cid:15) 22 Sports Fascia stores were closed in the 
period(cid:15) These closures included a number of secondary towns 
where there is simply insufficient footfall to make a store 
economically viable(cid:15) At the end of the period The Sports Fascias 
had a total of 344 stores which included 22 Si(cid:91)e? stores(cid:15)

The eight new Fashion Fascia stores included six new Bank 
stores(cid:15) These new stores included three towns where we have 
opened up a temporary (cid:65)Pop Up(cid:8) store initially whilst we assess 
the potential for the location(cid:15)

(cid:56)e believe this flexible approach will benefit the development 
of Bank, particularly in areas where it is currently poorly 
represented, as it enables us to open a store quickly and 
economically, on initially a short term lease taking advantage 
of the (cid:65)soft(cid:8) property market that exists in many locations(cid:15) 
If the store develops sufficiently then we will consider taking 
a longer lease and making further investment in the store(cid:15) 
(cid:56)e also opened two new Tessuti stores in the year following 
our acquisition of this business during the year(cid:15) No new  
Scotts stores were opened in the year with three stores closed(cid:15) 
At the end of the period we had 131 Fashion Fascia stores in 
the UK being 84 Bank stores, 32 Scotts stores and 15 Premium 
Fashion stores (combined Originals, Cecil Gee and Tessuti)(cid:15) 
Tessuti will be our long term premium fashion fascia(cid:15)

After protracted discussions with landlords on the Blacks 
property portfolio, we now believe that we are developing 
a property portfolio which will be sustainable in the longer 
term with stores in the right locations at the right rents(cid:15) 
(cid:56)e have started to invest in this portfolio with one new store 
and seven other stores refurbished in the period(cid:15) (cid:56)e have 
trialled several different concepts in these initial refurbishments 
and will apply the learnings to future investment(cid:15) (cid:56)e believe 
that we will refurbish approximately 15 further stores in the 
current year(cid:15) At the end of the period, after making 122 
closures in the year we had 174 Outdoor Fascia stores(cid:15)  
(cid:56)e would anticipate closing up to around 30 more stores  
in the current year(cid:15)

(cid:56)e have approximately 50 stores with lease expiries in the 
current financial year and any decision to extend an individual 
lease will need to take into account the prospects for retail 
occupancy in the town concerned, consumer footfall and the 
terms on offer(cid:15)

REPUBLIC OF IRELAND
One new JD store in Limerick was opened in the period with 
three existing Champion stores converted to the JD fascia(cid:15) 
(cid:56)e also opened our first Bank store in the Republic of Ireland 
in the period at Liffey Valley in Dublin(cid:15) (cid:56)e are encouraged by 
the early performance of this store(cid:15)

At the end of the period, we had 29 stores in the Republic of 
Ireland being 17 Champion stores, 10 JD stores, one Si(cid:91)e? 
store and one Bank store(cid:15) (cid:56)e believe this is a satisfactory 
footprint which we can exploit in the future, particularly when 
economic conditions improve(cid:15)

FRANCE
(cid:56)e believe that the JD fascia is starting to develop some 
momentum in France(cid:15) During the year we opened a further 
five stores including four in malls around Paris where our 
performance has been particularly encouraging to date(cid:15) 
Elsewhere, we also opened a JD store in Rouen and we 
opened our first Si(cid:91)e? store in France near the busy Les (cid:41)alles 
shopping mall and Metro interchange in the centre of Paris(cid:15)

(cid:56)e will continue our development of the JD business in France 
in the current year and at this stage we are planning for a 
further five new stores as a minimum in the year(cid:15) (cid:56)e are 
working with property agents in the country to identify 
additional sites whether they be individual units or a package 
of units from retailers looking to exit their stores(cid:15)

It is still our belief that the JD fascia is best suited to the major 
metropolitan areas and Chausport is more suited to the 
smaller regional towns and centres(cid:15) (cid:56)e have opened 
five Chausport stores in the period of which four were in new 
locations and we have also refurbished a further six stores(cid:15) 
Investment in new stores and refurbishments for Chausport 
will continue at a similar level in the current year(cid:15) Four smaller 
Chausport stores were closed in the period(cid:15)

SPAIN
(cid:56)e opened our first JD stores in Spain in the period with  
four new stores and the conversion of one pre-existing  
Sprinter store(cid:15) Two of these initial stores are in malls around 
Madrid with two stores also in Granada(cid:15) One further store has 
opened to date in the current financial year and at this stage we 
would anticipate opening approximately three further stores in 
the current year(cid:15) 

Sprinter(cid:8)s core store base is located primarily in out of town 
retail parks in the provinces of Andalucia and Levante with a 
minimal presence elsewhere in Spain(cid:15) In the period, we 
opened a further five new stores of which three were in areas 
where Sprinter is not currently well represented(cid:15) The performance 
of these stores has reinforced our view on the potential of 
Sprinter in the whole of Spain and consequently we will look to 
maintain this momentum in store openings and at this stage 
we would anticipate opening approximately 10 new stores in 
the current financial year(cid:15) 

34

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

35

STORE PORTFOLIO

CORPORATE AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY 

The store portfolio at 2 February 2013 and 28 January 2012 can be analysed as follows:

UK 
FASHION

No. STORE 
2013  2012 
84 
BANK 
32 
SCOTTS 
PREMIUM FASCIAS  15 
TOTAL 
131 

80 
35 
6 
121 

000 SQ FT
2013  2012
238
249 
72 
66 
16
41 
326
356 

UK 
OUTDOOR

BLACKS  
AND MILLETS

No. STORE 
2013  2012 
295 
174 

000 SQ FT
2013  2012
763 
484 

TOTAL 

174 

295 

484 

763

000 SQ FT
2013  2012
1115
1134 
32 
28 
15 
8 
1,170  1,162

000 SQ FT
2013  2012
38 
1 
75 
114 

20
1
92
113

000 SQ FT
2013  2012

3 
3 

–
–

000 SQ FT
2013  2012
24 
2 
84 
110 

9
–
82
91

000 SQ FT
2013  2012
14 
643 
657 

–
603
603

UK 
SPORT

JD 
SIZE? 
FIRST SPORT 
TOTAL  

ROI 
SPORT

JD 
SIZE? 
CHAMPION 
TOTAL 

ROI 
FASHION

BANK 
TOTAL 

FRANCE 
SPORT

JD 
SIZE? 
CHAUSPORT 
TOTAL 

SPAIN 
SPORT

JD 
SPRINTER 
TOTAL 

No. STORE 
2013  2012 
320 
319 
22 
22 
5 
3 
347 
344 

No. STORE 
2013  2012 
10 
1 
17 
28 

7 
1 
20 
28 

No. STORE 
2013  2012 

1 
1 

– 
– 

No. STORE 
2013  2012 
10 
1 
75 
86 

5 
– 
74 
79 

No. STORE 
2013  2012 

5 
53 
58 

– 
49 
49 

GROUP TOTAL

YEAR

TOTAL STORE COUNT

GROUP TOTAL

TOTAL 000 SQ FT

SQ FT TOTAL

2013
2012

SPORT

FASHION

132

OUTDOOR

174

SPORT

FASHION

121

OUTDOOR

295

516

503

822
919

SPORT

FASHION

359

OUTDOOR

484

SPORT

FASHION

326

OUTDOOR

763

2,051

1,969

2,894
3,058

The Group recognises that it has a responsibility to ensure its 
business is carried out in a way that ensures high standards 
of environmental and human behaviour(cid:15) (cid:56)ith the help and 
co-operation of all employees, the Group endeavours to 
comply with all relevant laws in order to meet that duty and 
responsibility wherever it operates(cid:15) The major contributions 
of the Group in this respect are detailed below(cid:15)   

RETAIL BUSINESSES  

EMPLOYMENT
The Group is a large equal opportunities employer and 
a large training organisation with the Group(cid:8)s retail businesses 
providing direct employment and career development to 
thousands of people, both in the UK and internationally(cid:15) 
The Group employs large numbers of school leavers and 
university graduates and participates regularly in work 
experience schemes with schools and colleges(cid:15) Retail personnel 
across all levels within the Group(cid:8)s core UK, Republic of 
Ireland and JD France and Spain fascias are encouraged to 
take ownership of their own careers and to actively seek 
development and progression(cid:15)

Training

The Group recognises that Training and Development for all 
levels of personnel is vital to maximise performance levels and 
also provides a mechanism for increasing morale and 
retention(cid:15) This ensures that knowledge of the Group(cid:8)s 
differentiated product offering is not lost, thereby enhancing 
customer service(cid:15)

Training for the UK and Republic of Ireland stores is provided 
by the Group(cid:8)s long established training function which is now 
based at a purpose built facility in the recently opened 
Kingsway warehouse(cid:15) This training function also designs 
bespoke programmes for the managers and assistant 
managers of the JD stores in mainland Europe to ensure that 
they operate their stores to standards consistent with those in 
the UK and Republic of Ireland(cid:15)

Training received by all retail personnel is quality controlled 
and measured via the use of electronic assessments(cid:15) 
These electronic assessments cover all progression levels 
within the business(cid:15) (cid:56)ith 25 types of electronic assessments 
available to complete across all retail fascias throughout the 
year ending January 2013 over 100,000 electronic assessments 
have been completed and passed by the retail team members 
and Management within the Group(cid:15) 

Training and Development is provided across a number of areas:

New Management Induction
Training Academy
Junior Management Development
Various Management Development

No. of 
courses in 
a year
19
3
60
22

Length 
of 
course
5 days
12 weeks
4 hours
1 day

Number of 
attendees on 
each course
20
22
10
10

Elsewhere, the training function will design and implement 
bespoke training plans where appropriate(cid:15) This includes the 
training plan which was devised in Spring 2013 for 
175 members of the Blacks store management team to ensure 
a smooth transition onto the Group till and store systems(cid:15)

Chausport and Sprinter operate their own training 
programmes which are more suited to those particular fascias(cid:15)

Equal opportunities

The Group is committed to promoting policies which are 
designed to ensure that employees and those who seek to 
work for the Group are treated equally regardless of sex, 
marital status, creed, colour, race or ethnic origin(cid:15) 

The Group gives full and fair consideration to applications 
for employment by people who are disabled, to continue 
whenever possible the development of staff who become 
disabled and to provide equal opportunities for the career 
development of disabled employees(cid:15) It is also Group policy to 
provide opportunities for the large number of people seeking 
flexible or part time hours(cid:15) 

Communication

The number and geographic dispersion of the Group(cid:8)s 
operating locations make it difficult, but essential, 
to communicate effectively with employees(cid:15) 

Communication with retail staff is primarily achieved through 
the management in the regional and area operational 
structures(cid:15) In addition, formal communications informing 
all employees of the financial performance of the Group are 
issued on a regular basis by the Group(cid:8)s (cid:41)uman Resources 
Department in the form of (cid:65)Team Briefs(cid:8)(cid:15) This department also 
produces a booklet four times a year for distribution within the 
Group(cid:8)s (cid:41)ead Office and (cid:56)arehouse called People 1st(cid:15)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
36

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

37

(cid:56)e have recently introduced a regular (cid:50) (cid:7) A forum in which 
representatives of the Group have the opportunity to speak 
directly with the Executive Chairman and ask him questions on 
behalf of their respective departments(cid:15) The content of these 
sessions is distributed widely(cid:15) 

HEALTH AND SAFETY 
(cid:56)e are committed to ensuring a safe environment for all of 
our employees and customers and actively encourage a 
positive (cid:41)ealth and Safety culture throughout the organisation(cid:15)  
The Group recognises its responsibility for (cid:41)ealth and Safety 
and there is accountability throughout the various 
management levels within the business(cid:15) Our commitment to 
(cid:41)ealth and Safety is best evidenced as follows:

•  The (cid:41)ealth and Safety team has been strengthened in the 

year to ensure that the procedures already developed in the 
existing fascias are established within the recently 
acquired companies

•  (cid:56)e have continued to develop a comprehensive induction 
and training programme which is regarded as an essential 
part of our commitment to (cid:41)ealth and Safety(cid:15) Targeted safety 
awareness campaigns are run regularly throughout the year 
and a monthly newsletter ensures that the safety message is 
communicated effectively throughout the Group

•  Our (cid:41)ealth and Safety Committee meets three times a year 
allowing every employee the opportunity to raise any safety 
concerns through their nominated representative

•  The (cid:41)ealth and Safety team has input into all our new and 
refitted stores from the initial design through to opening(cid:15)  
The team conducts its own audit programme to ensure the 
highest safety standards during the construction phase of 
all our shop-fit projects

•  The (cid:41)ealth and Safety team regularly review the 

management processes we have in place, with the aim of 
maintaining our high standards, whilst adapting to business 
and legislative changes

•  Targets are set to enable measurement of performance(cid:15) 

During the year we have seen positive improvements in these 
areas demonstrating the further development of a positive 
safety culture within the organisation including:

  a)  Reportable employee accident numbers have reduced by 20(cid:6)

  b)  Local authority and fire service enforcement action 

decreased by 80%

  c)  Local authority and fire service inspection numbers 

both decreased by 24%

ENVIRONMENTAL
The Group recognises the importance of protecting our 
environment for future generations and is committed to 
carrying out its activities with due consideration for the 
environmental impact of its operations particularly with 
regards to:

•  Ensuring efficient use of energy and other materials

•  Minimising waste by recycling wherever possible

•  Ensuring compliance with relevant legislation and 

codes of best practice

The Group Finance Director has overall responsibility at 
a Board level for all environmental matters in the Group(cid:15) 
The Board are committed to expanding on its reporting 
of Key Performance Indicators in this area(cid:15)

Energy

It is the Group(cid:8)s aim to give customers an enjoyable retail 
experience with goods presented in an environment that is 
both well lit and has a pleasant ambient temperature(cid:15) 
(cid:41)owever, the Group accepts that all the businesses within it 
must be responsible in their energy usage and associated 
carbon emissions(cid:15) This policy applies to the acquired 
businesses where we work closely with the local management 
after acquisition to identify gaps and implement group policies(cid:15) 

The Group maintains a Carbon Management Programme 
((cid:65)CMP(cid:8)) which is sponsored by the Group Finance Director and 
is reviewed regularly(cid:15) The objectives of this programme are to:

•  Understand the drivers and timing of usage by continued 

investment in energy (cid:65)smart(cid:8) meters(cid:15) This has been achieved 
in over 360 of the Group(cid:8)s sites in the UK and Republic of  
Ireland with further rollout planned(cid:15) Combined with the 
stores where accurate and timely usage data is already 
received from mandatory half hourly meters, this means that 
in excess of 93(cid:6) of the UK and Republic of Ireland electricity 
consumption and 72(cid:6) of gas consumption is automatically 
measured every 30 minutes

•  Reduce usage in non-trading periods through additional 

training and investment in small scale building management 
systems where appropriate

•  Enhance staff awareness through training at store level, 

thereby ensuring that retail staff understand that they have 
a key role in the CMP(cid:15)  This training is expanding across our 
acquired businesses through its inclusion in the Group(cid:8)s 
standard training programme

•  Pursue a multi-disciplined approach to the CMP to ensure 

all business activities are aware of their impact on 
energy consumption

Under the current rules of the statutory Carbon Reduction 
Commitment Energy Efficiency scheme ((cid:65)CRC(cid:8)), the Group(cid:8)s 
submission to the UK Environment Agency is aggregated with 
that of Pentland Group Plc who are the Group(cid:8)s ultimate 
parent company (see note 35)(cid:15) The Group continues to 
work closely with Pentland Group Plc on ensuring an efficient 
process with regards to the emissions trading scheme which 
was introduced in April 2010, as part of the CRC(cid:15)  

The Group is committed to using and subsequently reporting 
on appropriate KPIs with regards to energy usage(cid:15) Accordingly, 
the Group can report the following in respect of locations in 
the UK and Republic of Ireland that have been present for the 
full year for both years(cid:15) As this is a like for like comparison, the 
2012 data has been updated to reflect store movements and 
the transition of our distribution operations in the current year:

Energy Usage - Electricity (MWh)
Energy Usage - Natural Gas (MWh)
Total Energy Use (MWh)
Carbon Footprint (Tonnes CO2)

2013
48,185
1,820
50,005
26,211

   2012
51,835
1,822
53,657
28,182

% 
Change
-7%
-0%
-7%
 -7%

The Group has pledged to reduce its combined energy usage 
in its like for like businesses from these levels by 3(cid:6) year on 
year on a basis until the end of the scheme(cid:15) This target, and 
the associated operating standards that drive this target, 
apply to all the Group(cid:8)s businesses(cid:15)

The Group has continued to invest in replacing inefficient air 
conditioning systems in its businesses(cid:15) A further 9 stores now 
have systems with market leading technologies which consume 
less energy whilst providing an appropriate temperature for 
staff and visitors(cid:15) This replacement programme is ongoing and 
it is anticipated that a similar number of works will be carried 
out in the current year both in the UK (cid:7) Europe(cid:15) In addition, 
after trialling the use of LED lamps for retail lighting in the UK 
last year, the Group has now adopted these lamps as standard 
in our retail businesses across Europe(cid:15) These lamps reduce the 
electricity required for retail lighting by 30(cid:6) compared to the 
bulbs that they will be replacing(cid:15)

The Group is committed to investing in the necessary resources 
to help achieve its targets on reducing carbon emissions, with 
the following works planned for the year to 1 February 2014:

•  Expand the CMP to widen the awareness campaign, through 

better training, improved communication and reporting 
across like for like and acquired businesses

•  Retrofit LED lamps in existing retail outlets

•  Further investment in building management systems to allow 

remote monitoring and control of building services

The Group is also aware of the need to purchase energy 
competitively from sustainable sources wherever possible(cid:15) 
The Group has expanded its supply contract with Airtricity in 
Northern Ireland and Republic of Ireland so that the supply of 
electricity from renewable sources also now includes the Bank 
and Champion Sports fascia stores(cid:15) The Company has also 
agreed to continue its contract with British Gas in the UK 
(except Northern Ireland) to supply electricity from renewable 
sources(cid:15) This means that JD Sports Fashion Plc and the 
majority of its businesses based in UK and Republic of Ireland 
now get 100(cid:6) (2012: 100(cid:6)) of their electricity from 
sustainable sources(cid:15) (cid:56)e will migrate acquired businesses to 
these contracts as soon as we are able(cid:15)

Recycling

Recycling is split into a number of elements:

•  (cid:56)herever possible, cardboard (the major packaging 
constituent) is backhauled from stores to the Group(cid:8)s 
distribution centres(cid:15) The cardboard is then baled and passed 
to recycling businesses for reprocessing(cid:15) The relocation of 
the Group(cid:8)s core UK warehouse facilities meant that there 
was a need to clear the former sites and so there was a 
one off increase in the recycling of cardboard in the year 
to 651 tonnes (2012: 465 tonnes)(cid:15) (cid:56)e would not expect the 
recycling to be maintained at this level in the current 
financial year

•  (cid:56)e have ensured that the new Kingsway facility has the facilities 
to separate out a number of recyclable items in their working 
processes including wood and metal(cid:15) During the year, we 
also changed the operational processes such that soft plastics 
are now extracted with this waste now baled and recycled

•  Larger volumes of confidential paper waste is shredded on 
collection by a recycling business(cid:15) This business provides a 
(cid:65)Certificate of Environmental Accomplishment(cid:8) which states 
that the shredded paper, which was collected in the year, 
was the equivalent of 2,078 trees (2012: 566 trees)(cid:15) 
This large increase is again a one off impact from the 
relocation of the warehouse facilities as we took the 
opportunity to review and reduce the amount of material 
that had been archived previously

 
38

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

39

•  Our primary warehouse facility at Kingsway and the Group 
(cid:41)ead Office operate a Dry Mixed Recycling ((cid:65)DMR(cid:8)) scheme 
which allows us to recycle smaller quantities of cardboard, 
office paper, plastics and metal containers easily through the 
provision of DMR bins throughout these facilities

•  Photocopier and printer toners (laser and ink) are collected 

and recycled for charity by Environmental Business 
Products Limited

•  Food waste is separated where possible and reused in the 

production of compost 

(cid:56)e have established a new Key Performance Indicator in this 
area and can report that in the period to 2 February 2013 
we recycled 87(cid:6) of our DMR waste with the remainder being 
used as an energy-from-waste (Ef(cid:56)) material(cid:15) (cid:56)e will continue 
to expand our use of the DMR scheme, where possible, to all 
our stores and businesses in the UK (cid:7) Ireland to divert as 
much waste as possible away from landfill(cid:15)  

(cid:56)e are pleased to report that we have achieved our aim 
of making the Kingsway Distribution Facility a (cid:65)(cid:91)ero waste to 
landfill(cid:8) facility(cid:15)  

Plastic bags

Approximately 32(cid:6) of the bags issued by the Group like 
for like businesses are high quality drawstring duffle bags, 
which are generally reused by customers many times(cid:15) 
(cid:41)owever, the Group is aware of the environmental impact 
of plastic bags and has sought to minimise any impact 
through the following measures:

•  The bags are made from 33(cid:6) recycled material

•  The bags contain an oxo-biodegradable additive, which means 

that they degrade totally over a relatively short life span

The use of this material has also been adopted in an 
additional 60(cid:6) of the Group(cid:8)s plastic bags handed out to 
customers(cid:15) The Group uses paper-based bags rather than 
plastic bags in its stores in the Republic of Ireland and we are 
also fully compliant with the carrier bag charge scheme in 
(cid:56)ales and, more recently, Northern Ireland which was 
introduced on 1 April 2013(cid:15) 

RETAIL AND DISTRIBUTION BUSINESSES

ETHICAL SOURCING
The Group seeks to provide its customers with high quality 
and value merchandise from suppliers who can demonstrate 
compliance with internationally accepted core labour and 
ethical standards throughout their supply chain(cid:15) These 
standards are based upon the provisions of the Ethical Trading 
Initiative ((cid:65)ETI(cid:8)) Base Code and specifically cover areas such as 
wages, working hours, (cid:41)ealth and Safety and the right to 
freedom of association(cid:15)

The Group requires all of its suppliers, both existing and new, 
to formally commit to implementing the provisions of the ETI 
Base Code throughout their supply chains(cid:15) Prior to any orders 
being placed, all new suppliers are required to complete the 
Group(cid:8)s risk assessment form to indicate their degree of 
compliance to the ETI Base Code(cid:15) All existing suppliers are 
also required to conduct this assessment on an annual basis(cid:15) 
These forms are reviewed by the Group(cid:8)s Compliance team and 
any areas of concern with regard to potential non-compliance 
are investigated when visiting the factories concerned(cid:15) 

These reports are shared by the Group in a central base and 
those travelling are encouraged to take all documentation 
from the base with them when visiting the factories so that 
follow up can be done on a continual basis(cid:15)

The Group has engaged Sercura to complete an audit and 
compliance programme of the Group(cid:8)s current suppliers to 
the ETI Base Code standard(cid:15) Sercura is a global quality and 
compliance solutions provider which performs factory audits(cid:15) 
In the year to 1 February 2014, 50(cid:6) of the current supplier 
base will be visited and audited with the results reported to 
the Group Sourcing and Supply Chain Manager(cid:15)

Due to the diverse nature and scope of the supply chain, it is 
not always possible to visit all of the factories directly(cid:15) 
(cid:56)here instances of non-compliance are identified from the 
risk assessment forms and the supplier cannot be visited, they 
are required to confirm what corrective actions are being 
undertaken to resolve the issue(cid:15) These actions will be verified 
directly by the Group(cid:8)s Compliance team as soon as practically 
possible on a future visit(cid:15)

All suppliers are contractually obliged to comply with the 
Group(cid:8)s Conditions of Supply which includes a specific policy 
on (cid:65)Employment Standards for Suppliers(cid:8)(cid:15)

POLICY ON ACQUIRED BUSINESSES
The Group has acquired a number of retail and distribution 
businesses in recent years, and acknowledges that the high 
standards which the core retail businesses have historically 
operated to need to be replicated in the wider global Group(cid:15)

After making an acquisition, staff from the core retail 
businesses with the relevant knowledge and experience, 
work with the management teams at these acquired 
businesses(cid:15) The initial focus is to help the local management 
analyse their position against these standards with action plans 
developed as necessary(cid:15) 

Our experience to date is that the businesses which we have 
acquired generally operate to standards similar to those of 
existing Group companies and so little action has been 
necessary to bring them up to the required level(cid:15) 

Standards of the existing Group companies, along with any 
future acquisitions, will continue to be monitored, with action 
taken to maintain Group standards as required(cid:15)

COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT
The Group seeks to be involved in the community where it 
can make an appropriate contribution from its resources 
and skills base(cid:15)

JD Sports Fashion Plc is pleased to report a three year 
commitment to The Christie (cid:41)ospital to help raise £500,000 
for the teenage cancer unit(cid:15) The fundraising events to date 
include Team JD running the BUPA Great Manchester Run in 
May 2012 and recently the JD Sports Diamond Ball was held 
which raised £147,000(cid:15) The total raised so far for The Christie 
is £217,000(cid:15)

The funds raised through the partnership will enable 
The Christie to build and develop the UK(cid:8)s premier young 
oncology unit, helping to fund vital research into new 
treatments, provide equipment, counseling, activities for the 
young patients, support for their families who find themselves 
in financial hardship and provide overnight accommodation 
to parents(cid:15)

Other examples of community engagement include:

•  JD Sports Fashion Plc sponsored the Once Upon A Smile 

celebrity football team for £10,000 which play throughout 
the year at tournaments to raise money for the charity(cid:15) 
Once Upon A Smile was founded in 2011 and are a UK 
based charity offering a source of support to families who 
have suffered the loss of a child or parent (and have young 
children) from a long term or terminal illness

•  JD Sports Fashion Plc made a donation of £7,550 to the 
charity (cid:65)Kids Company(cid:8)(cid:15) The Charity provides practical, 
emotional and educational support to vulnerable 
inner-city children and their services reach 17,000 
children across London

•  JD Sports Fashion Plc is sponsoring 60 children at the 

Udavum Karangal orphanage in Coimbatore, India(cid:15) In the 
year to January 2013 donations of £5,000 were made to 
the orphanage as well as donations of T-Shirts, water bottles, 
footballs and caps

•  Sponsorship of a local cricket team for £4,800

•  Donations by JD Sports Fashion Plc to The Marina Dalglish 
Appeal of £3,800 to improve cancer treatment facilities  
in Liverpool

42

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

43

THE BOARD

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

The Directors present their annual report and the audited 
financial statements of JD Sports Fashion Plc (the (cid:65)Company(cid:8)) 
and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the (cid:65)Group(cid:8))  
for the 53 week period ended 2 February 2013(cid:15) 

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES AND BUSINESS REVIEW
The principal activity of the Group is the retail and distribution 
of branded sportswear, fashionwear and outdoor clothing  
and equipment(cid:15) 

In accordance with the Companies Act 2006, a review of the 
business providing a comprehensive analysis of the main 
trends and factors likely to affect the development, 
performance and position of the business, including 
environmental, employee and social and community issues, 
together with the Group(cid:8)s Key Performance Indicators and a 
description of the principal risks and uncertainties facing the 
business is detailed in the following sections of this  
Annual Report:

•  Summary of Key Performance Indicators (page 4)

• Executive Chairman(cid:8)s Statement (pages 19 to 26)

• Financial and Risk Review (pages 28 to 31)

• Property and Stores Review (page 32 to 34)

•  Corporate and Social Responsibility (pages 35 to 39)

All the information set out in those sections is incorporated by 
reference into, and is deemed to form part of, this report(cid:15)

The Corporate Governance Report (pages 48 to 51) and the 
Directors(cid:8) Remuneration Report (pages 54 to 59) are 
incorporated by reference into, and are deemed to form  
part of, this report(cid:15) 

BUSINESS STRATEGY AND OBJECTIVES
The Group is a leading retailer of branded sportswear, 
fashionwear and outdoor clothing and equipment in the  
UK and Europe(cid:15) (cid:56)e will sustain this position through ongoing 
investment in the retail portfolio and the acquisition of brands 
which we can develop and exploit to ensure our overall 
product offering remains both unique and appealing to our 
fashion conscious customers(cid:15) 

The Group also intends to continue to enhance its international 
retail presence through organic growth and acquisitions,  
where suitable opportunities arise replicating the same 
standards as in the UK whilst ensuring that the product offer 
remains locally relevant(cid:15)

Our ultimate objective is to deliver longer term earnings 
growth and sustained shareholder returns(cid:15)

In working towards our objectives, we aim to act in a 
responsible manner in all our dealings with our key 
stakeholders including our employees, customers  
and suppliers(cid:15) 

SHARE CAPITAL
As at 2 February 2013 the Company(cid:8)s authorised share 
capital was £3,107,500 divided into 62,150,000 ordinary 
shares of 5p each(cid:15) As at 2 February 2013 the Company(cid:8)s 
issued share capital was £2,433,083 comprising  
48,661,658 ordinary shares of 5p each(cid:15) There have been 
no changes in the year(cid:15)

SHAREHOLDER AND VOTING RIGHTS 
All members who hold ordinary shares are entitled to attend 
and vote at the Company(cid:8)s Annual General Meeting(cid:15)  
On a show of hands at a general meeting, every member 
present in person or by proxy shall have one vote and, on a 
poll, every member present in person or by proxy shall have 
one vote for every ordinary share they hold(cid:15) Subject to relevant 
statutory provisions and the Company(cid:8)s Articles of Association, 
holders of ordinary shares are entitled to a dividend where 
declared or paid out of profits available for such purposes(cid:15) 

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES
The restrictions on the transfer of shares in the Company  
are as follows:

•  The Board may, in absolute discretion, refuse to register any 
transfer of shares which are not fully paid up (but not so as 
to prevent dealings in listed shares from taking place),  
or which is in favour of more than four persons jointly or 
which is in relation to more than one class of share

•  Certain restrictions may, from time to time, be imposed by 
laws and regulations (for example, insider trading laws)

•  Restrictions apply pursuant to the Listing Rules of the 

Financial Services Authority whereby Directors and certain of 
the Group(cid:8)s employees require prior approval to deal in the 
Company(cid:8)s shares

The Company is not aware of any arrangement between its 
shareholders that may result in restrictions on the transfer of 
shares and/or voting rights(cid:15) 

PETER COWGILL
Executive Chairman and Chairman 
of the Nomination Committee - aged 60

Peter was appointed Executive Chairman in March 2004(cid:15) 
(cid:41)e was previously Finance Director of the Group until his 
resignation in June 2001(cid:15) Since then he has been a partner 
in Cowgill (cid:41)olloway Chartered Accountants(cid:15) (cid:41)e is a 
Non-Executive Director of a number of private companies 
and Non-Executive Chairman of United Carpets Plc and 
MBL Group Plc(cid:15) 

BARRY BOWN
Chief Executive Officer - aged 51

Barry joined the Board in 2000 and has been with 
JD Sports Fashion Plc since 1984(cid:15) (cid:41)e held the positions 
of (cid:41)ead of Retail, (cid:41)ead of Buying and Merchandising 
and Chief Operating Officer prior to his appointment 
as Chief Executive in 2000(cid:15)  

BRIAN SMALL
Group Finance Director - aged 56

Brian was appointed Finance Director in January 2004(cid:15) 
Immediately prior to his appointment he was Operations 
Finance Director at Intercare Group Plc and has also been 
Finance Director of a number of other companies(cid:15) 
(cid:41)e qualified as an accountant with Price (cid:56)aterhouse in 1981(cid:15)

COLIN ARCHER
Non-Executive Director, Chairman of the Audit 
and Remuneration Committees and member of 
the Nomination Committee - aged 71

Colin was appointed a Non-Executive Director in November 
2001(cid:15) (cid:41)e has over 40 years experience in the banking and 
financial arenas, having previously been an Assistant 
Corporate Director with Barclays Bank Plc(cid:15) (cid:41)e is also a 
member of the Chartered Institute of Bankers(cid:15)

ANDREW LESLIE
Non-Executive Director, member of the Audit, 
Remuneration and Nomination Committees - aged 66

Andrew was appointed to the Board in May 2010(cid:15) 
(cid:41)e has over 40 years of experience in the retail, footwear 
and apparel sectors(cid:15) (cid:41)e was an Executive Board Director of 
Pentland Brands Plc, from which he retired in 2008(cid:15) During his 
career, Andrew also held a number of senior positions with 
British Shoe Corporation, The Burton Group Plc and  
Timpson Shoes Limited(cid:15)  

MARTIN DAVIES
Non-Executive Director - aged 53

Martin was appointed to the Board in October 2012(cid:15) 
(cid:41)e was previously Group Chief Executive of (cid:41)olidaybreak Plc 
from 2010 until its sale to Cox and Kings Limited in 2011(cid:15) 
(cid:41)e joined the Board of (cid:41)olidaybreak Plc in 2007 when it 
acquired PGL where he had been Chief Executive(cid:15) (cid:41)e left 
(cid:41)olidaybreak Plc in 2012(cid:15) Previously, he has had roles at 
Allied Breweries, Kingfisher and (cid:56)oolworths(cid:15) 

44

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

45

AUTHORITY TO PURCHASE OWN SHARES
A resolution was passed at the 2012 Annual General Meeting 
giving Directors authority to buy back ordinary shares up to 
a maximum of 10(cid:6) of the total issued ordinary share capital  
of the Company(cid:15) As at the date of this report no shares have 
been purchased under this authority(cid:15) 

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS
The interests of the Directors who held office at 2 February 2013 
and their connected persons in the Company(cid:8)s ordinary shares 
are shown below:

DIRECTORS
The names and roles of the current Directors together  
with brief biographical details are given on page 42(cid:15)  
The Directors are responsible for the management of the 
business of the Company and, subject to law and the 
Company(cid:8)s Articles of Association ((cid:65)Articles(cid:8)), the Directors  
may exercise all of the powers of the Company and may 
delegate their power and discretion to committees(cid:15) 

The number of directors at any one point in time shall not 
be less than two(cid:15) 

P Cowgill
B Bown
B Small
C Archer

Ordinary shares of 5p each

2 February 
2013
410,263
5,676
23,950
22,621
462,510

28 January 
2012
410,263
5,676
23,950
22,621
462,510

There has been no change in the interests of the Directors or 
their connected persons between 2 February 2013 and the 
date of this report(cid:15)

SUBSTANTIAL INTERESTS IN SHARE CAPI TAL
As at 2 February 2013 the Company has been advised of the 
following significant holdings of voting rights in its ordinary 
share capital pursuant to the Disclosure and Transparency 
Rules of the Financial Services Authority ((cid:65)DTRs(cid:8)):

Pentland Group Plc
Sports World International Ltd
Aberforth Partners*

Number of ordinary 
shares/voting 
rights held
27,963,722
5,775,255
4,711,740

% of ordinary  
share capital
57.47 
11.87
9.68

(cid:11)Aberforth Partners LLP have a further non-voting holding of 
1,906,104 ordinary shares(cid:15)

The Company has not been notified of any change in interests 
pursuant to the DTRs between 2 February 2013 and the date 
of this report(cid:15)

The Articles give the Directors power to appoint and replace 
directors(cid:15) Any director so appointed shall hold office only until 
the dissolution of the first AGM of the Company following 
appointment unless they are re-elected during such meeting(cid:15) 

The Articles require that, at each AGM of the Company, any 
director who was elected or last re-elected at or before the 
AGM held in the third calendar year before the then current 
calendar year must retire by rotation and such further Directors 
must retire by rotation so that in total not less than one third  
of the Directors retire by rotation each year(cid:15) A retiring director 
is eligible for re-election(cid:15) 

(cid:41)owever in accordance with the UK Corporate Governance 
Code the Board has determined that all Directors will stand 
for re-election at the 2013 AGM(cid:15)

AMENDMENT OF THE COMPANY’S 
ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
The Company(cid:8)s Articles of Association may only be amended 
by a special resolution at a general meeting of shareholders(cid:15) 

CHANGE OF CONTROL - SIGNIFICANT AGREEMENTS
In the event of a change of control of the Company,  
the Company and the lenders of the £75 million bank 
syndicated facility shall enter into an agreement to determine 
how to continue the facility(cid:15) If no agreement is reached within 
20 business days of the date of change in control, the lenders 
may, by giving not less than 10 business days notice to the 
Company, cancel the facility and declare all outstanding loans, 
together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued 
immediately due and payable(cid:15) 

CONTRACTUAL ARRANGEMENTS ESSENTIAL 
TO THE BUSINESS OF THE GROUP   
The Board considers that continuing supply from Nike and 
adidas, being the main suppliers of third party branded 
sporting products, to the Group(cid:8)s core sports fashion retail 
operation is essential to the business of the Group(cid:15) 

EMPLOYEES
The Group communicates with its employees through team 
briefs and via the Company(cid:8)s intranet and notice boards(cid:15) 
Views of employees are sought on matters of common 
concern(cid:15) Priority is given to ensuring that employees are  
aware of all significant matters affecting the Group(cid:8)s 
performance and of significant organisational changes(cid:15)

The Group(cid:8)s employee remuneration strategy is set out in the 
Remuneration Report on pages 54 to 59(cid:15) 

The Group is committed to promote equal opportunities in 
employment regardless of employees(cid:8) or potential employees(cid:8) 
sex, marital status, creed, colour, race, ethnic origin or 
disability(cid:15) Recruitment, promotion and the availability of 
training are based on the suitability of any applicant for the  
job and full and fair consideration is always given to disabled 
persons in such circumstances(cid:15) 

Should an employee become disabled during his or her 
employment by the Group, every effort is made to continue 
employment and training within their existing capacity 
wherever practicable, or failing that, in some alternative 
suitable capacity(cid:15) 

DONATIONS
During the financial year ended 2 February 2013 the Group 
did not make any political donations (2012: £nil) and made 
charitable donations of £46,000 (2012: £61,000)(cid:15) An analysis 
of the major donations made in the year is shown in the 
Corporate and Social Responsibility report on page 39(cid:15) 

CREDITORS PAYMENT POLICY

For all trade creditors, it is the Group policy to:

•  Agree terms of payment at the start of business  

with the supplier

•  Ensure that suppliers are aware of the terms of payment

•  Pay in accordance with its contractual and other  

legal obligations

The average number of days taken to pay trade creditors 
by the Group at the period end was 40 (2012: 39)(cid:15) 

The Group does not follow any code or statement on  
payment practice(cid:15) 

AUDITOR
Our auditor, KPMG Audit Plc, has instigated an orderly wind 
down of business(cid:15) The Board has decided to put KPMG LLP 
forward to be appointed as auditor and resolution  
concerning their appointment will be put to the  
forthcoming AGM of the Company(cid:15)

DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION TO THE AUDITOR
Each person who is a Director at the date of approval of this 
report confirms that:

•  So far as he is aware, there is no relevant audit information 

of which the Company(cid:8)s auditor is unaware

•  Each Director has taken all the steps that he ought to have 
taken as a Director to make himself aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish that the Company(cid:8)s 
auditor is aware of that information

GOING CONCERN
After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company, and the Group as a whole,  
has adequate resources to continue in operational existence 
for the foreseeable future(cid:15) For this reason, the financial 
statements have been prepared on a going concern basis(cid:15) 

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING (AGM)
Notice of the Company(cid:8)s AGM to be held at 1pm on  
27 June 2013 at Edinburgh (cid:41)ouse, (cid:41)ollinsbrook (cid:56)ay, 
Pilsworth, Bury, Lancashire, BL9 8RR incorporating  
explanatory notes of the resolutions to be proposed at the 
meeting is enclosed, together with a form of proxy(cid:15) 

By order of the Board 

Jane Brisley 
Company Secretary 
17 April 2013

48

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

49

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

UK CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE
The Board is committed to high standards of corporate 
governance(cid:15) This report sets out how the Company has 
applied the main principles set out in the UK Corporate 
Governance Code published by the Financial Reporting 
Council in June 2010 ((cid:65)the Code(cid:8)) and the extent to which 
the Company has complied with the provisions of the Code(cid:15) 

THE BOARD
The Board consists of six directors: an Executive Chairman, 
two other Executive Directors and three Non-Executive 
Directors(cid:15) The name, position and brief profile of each 
Director is set out on page 42(cid:15) 

Composition of the Board is kept under review and  
changes are made when appropriate and in the best  
interests of the Group(cid:15) Martin Davies was appointed to the 
Board as a Non-Executive Director on 1 October 2012(cid:15)  
Chris Bird stood down as a Non-Executive Director with  
effect from 30 September 2012(cid:15) The Board considers that  
its composition during the year had the necessary balance  
of Executive and Non-Executive Directors providing the  
desired blend of skills, experience and judgement  
appropriate for the needs of the Group(cid:8)s business and  
overall effectiveness of the Board(cid:15) None of the Directors  
have served for more than three years without having been 
re-elected by shareholders(cid:15) Colin Archer is the senior 
independent Non-Executive Director(cid:15) 

The independence of the Non-Executive Directors is considered 
by the Board on an annual basis(cid:15) All three Non-Executive 
Directors are considered to be independent by the Board(cid:15) 
Colin Archer has served on the Board for more than nine 
years, having been appointed on 6 November 2001(cid:15)  
The Board considers Mr Archer to be independent for the 
purposes of the Code as, in the Board(cid:8)s view, he continues to 
be independent in character and judgement notwithstanding 
his length of service(cid:15) Andrew Leslie was appointed to the Board 
in May 2010 and is considered to be independent by the 
Board for the purposes of the Code(cid:15) Andrew Leslie was 
formerly an executive director of Pentland, the Company(cid:8)s 
largest shareholder(cid:15) Andrew Leslie does not represent the 
interests of Pentland on the Board and retired from Pentland  
in 2008(cid:15) The Board believes that all three Non-Executive 
Directors have provided ample guidance to the Board and 
perform an effective role in challenging the Executive Directors  
when appropriate(cid:15)

From time to time the Executive Chairman meets with  
the Non-Executive Directors without the other Directors  
present  to discuss Board performance and other matters 
considered appropriate(cid:15) 

The Board considers that all the Directors are able to devote 
sufficient time to their duties as Directors of the Company(cid:15)  
The brief biographical detail on page 42 includes details of  
the Chairman(cid:8)s other directorships of listed companies(cid:15)  
The Board is satisfied that these appointments do not conflict 
with the Chairman(cid:8)s ability to carry out his role effectively for 
the Group(cid:15) 

Under the Company(cid:8)s Articles of Association, all Directors are 
required to retire and offer themselves for re-election every 
three years(cid:15) (cid:41)owever, in accordance with the Code, 
all Directors will retire and offer themselves for re-election 
at the 2013 AGM, with the exception of Martin Davies who, 
having been appointed during the period, will offer himself  
for election(cid:15) 

Board operation

The Board is responsible for the direction, management and 
performance of the Company(cid:15) The Board held nine scheduled 
meetings during the year under review and ad hoc meetings 
were held between scheduled meetings where required(cid:15) 
Directors(cid:8) attendance at scheduled Board and Committee 
meetings is set out in the table below(cid:15) The Board is responsible 
for providing effective leadership and promoting the success 
of the Group(cid:15) The Board has a formal schedule of matters 
reserved specifically to it for decisions which include major 
strategic matters, approval of financial statements, acquisitions 
and disposals and significant capital projects(cid:15) 

The Board delegates certain powers to committees as set  
out below(cid:15) 

Board papers are circulated to Directors prior to Board 
meetings which include up-to-date financial information, 
reports from the Executive Directors and papers on major 
issues for consideration by the Board(cid:15) The Board has a  
formal procedure for Directors to obtain independent 
professional advice(cid:15) 

All Board members have full access to the Company Secretary 
who is a fully admitted solicitor and attends all Board and 
Committee meetings(cid:15) The Company Secretary is responsible 
for advising the Board on Corporate Governance matters(cid:15) 
The appointment and removal of the Company Secretary is 
a matter for the Board as a whole to determine(cid:15)

All newly appointed Directors receive a tailored induction when 
they join the Board(cid:15) Relevant training can be arranged as and 
when deemed appropriate(cid:15)

The Board has established a formal process for the annual 
evaluation of the performance of the Board, its Committees 
and individual Directors(cid:15) This has been conducted through the 
completion by each Director of a questionnaire prepared by 
the Company Secretary which encourages the Directors to give 
his opinions on Board and Committee procedures, operation 
and effectiveness as well as any other matter they wish to raise(cid:15) 
The feedback from the evaluation process has been presented 
to the Board by the Executive Chairman(cid:15) A separate 
questionnaire was completed by the Directors (other than the 
Executive Chairman) in relation to the performance of the 
Executive Chairman with the Senior Independent Director 
discussing the resulting feedback with the other Non-Executive 
Directors, taking into account the views of the other Executive 
Directors (excluding the Executive Chairman)(cid:15) Following due 
consideration the Board determined that an internal 
performance evaluation exercise was appropriate but will 
consider on an annual basis the value and appropriateness  
of an externally facilitated exercise(cid:15) 

The division of responsibilities between the Executive Chairman 
and Chief Executive Officer is in writing and has been agreed 
by the Board(cid:15) The Chairman is responsible for overall Board 
leadership, corporate strategy and communication with major 
shareholders(cid:15) The Chief Executive Officer(cid:8)s responsibilities  
are focused on the development of the Group(cid:8)s core  
retail operations(cid:15) 

The Company, through its majority shareholder Pentland 
Group Plc, maintains appropriate Directors(cid:8) and Officers(cid:8) 
liability insurance(cid:15) 

Attendance at Board and Committee meetings

Number of  
meetings in year 

P Cowgill 

B Bown

B Small

C Archer

C Bird 1

A Leslie 2

M Davies 3

Board 
Meetings

Remuneration 
Committee

Audit  
Committee 

Nomination  
Committee 

9

9 

9 

9

9

5 

7 

3

2

2*

-

2*

2 

1 

1

-

3

3*

-

3*

3 

2 

1  

-

1

1 

-

-

1

1 

-

-

(cid:11) P Cowgill and B Small attended the Remuneration Committee 
meetings and the Audit Committee meetings at the invitation of 
the members of those committees(cid:15)

(1)  C Bird served on the Board for part of the year, 
having stood down on 30 September 2012

(2)  A Leslie was appointed to the Remuneration, Audit and 

Nomination Committees on 1 October 2012

(3)  M Davies served on the Board for part of the year, having 

been appointed on 1 October 2012

Conflicts of interest

The Company(cid:8)s Articles of Association permit the Board to 
consider and, if it sees fit, to authorise situations where a 
Director has an interest that conflicts, or possibly could conflict, 
with the interests of the Company(cid:15) The Board considers that the 
procedures it has in place for reporting and considering 
conflicts of interest are effective(cid:15) 

BOARD COMMITTEES
There are three principal Board Committees to which the 
Board has delegated certain of its responsibilities(cid:15) The terms of 
reference for all three Committees are available for inspection 
on request and are available on the Company(cid:8)s corporate 
website www(cid:15)jdplc(cid:15)com(cid:15) 

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee currently comprises two independent 
Non-Executive Directors, Colin Archer (Chairman) and  
Andrew Leslie who was appointed to the Committee on  
1 October 2012(cid:15) Chris Bird was a member of the Committee 
until 30 September 2012(cid:15) The Committee(cid:8)s principal duties 
are to review draft annual and interim financial statements 
prior to being submitted to the Board, reviewing the 
effectiveness of the Group(cid:8)s system of internal control and  
risk management and to review the performance and cost 
effectiveness of the external auditor(cid:15)

The Audit Committee met three times in the year with the 
external auditor attending each meeting(cid:15) Details of attendance 
at Audit Committee meetings are set out above(cid:15)

In the year the Audit Committee(cid:8)s activities included:

•  Reviewing the Group(cid:8)s draft financial statements and interim 
results statement prior to Board approval and reviewing the 
external auditor(cid:8)s detailed reports thereon including  
internal controls

•  Reviewing regularly the potential impact on the Group(cid:8)s 

financial statements of certain matters such as impairments 
of fixed asset values and proposed International  
Accounting Standards

•  Reviewing the external auditor(cid:8)s plan for the audit of the 

Group(cid:8)s financial statements, key risks of misstatement in the 
financial statements, confirmations of auditor independence, 
audit fee and terms of engagement of the auditor 

•  Reviewing the independence of the Group(cid:8)s external auditor

50

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

51

The Audit Committee is also responsible for ensuring that 
appropriate arrangements are in place for employees to be 
able to raise matters of possible impropriety in confidence(cid:15)  
These arrangements were reviewed during the year and 
deemed by the Committee to be appropriate(cid:15) 

A breakdown of the audit and non-audit related fees is set  
out in note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on 
page 79(cid:15) Non-audit work was comprised mainly of tax and 
project work in relation to the Company(cid:8)s acquisitions and was 
undertaken by the external auditor due to their knowledge and 
understanding of the Group(cid:8)s business and in the interests of 
efficiency(cid:15) The Company has instructed other firms to provide 
non-audit services from time to time in prior years and the 
Audit Committee will keep the level of non-audit work 
performed by the auditor under review(cid:15) The Audit Committee is 
satisfied that the level and scope of non-audit services 
performed by the external auditor does not impact  
their independence(cid:15) 

The Audit Committee keeps under review the relationship 
between the Group and external auditor and, having 
considered the external auditor(cid:8)s performance during their 
period in office, recommends their reappointment(cid:15)

Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee currently comprises two 
independent Non-Executive Directors, Colin Archer (Chairman) 
and Andrew Leslie who was appointed to the Committee on 
1 October 2012(cid:15) Chris Bird was a member of the Committee 
until 30 September 2012(cid:15)

The Committee(cid:8)s principal duties are to determine overall 
Group remuneration policy, remuneration packages for 
Executive Directors and senior management, the terms of 
Executive Director service contracts, the terms of any 
performance-related schemes operated by the Group and 
awards thereunder(cid:15)

The Committee met twice during the year(cid:15) Details of 
attendance at Remuneration Committee meetings are set  
out in the table on page 49(cid:15)

Further details about Directors(cid:8) remuneration are set out in 
the Directors(cid:8) Remuneration Report on pages 54 to 59(cid:15)

Nomination Committee

The Nomination Committee currently comprises the Executive 
Chairman and two independent Non-Executive Directors, 
Colin Archer and Andrew Leslie who was appointed to the 
Committee on 1 October 2012(cid:15) Chris Bird was a member of 
the Committee until 30 September 2012(cid:15) 

The Committee(cid:8)s principal duties are to consider the si(cid:91)e, 
structure and composition of the Board, ensure appropriate 
succession plans are in place for the Board and senior 
management and, where necessary, consider new 
appointments to the Board and senior management(cid:15) 
From time to time the full Board performs some of the duties 
of the Nomination Committee(cid:15)

The Nomination Committee met once during the year in order 
to consider Martin Davies(cid:8) proposed appointment as a 
Non-Executive Director of the Company(cid:15) After considering a 
number of potential candidates the Board identified Mr Davies 
as a new non-executive director and did not engage an 
external search consultancy or openly advertise in connection 
with his appointment(cid:15)

The Company has recently strengthened its senior executive 
team through the appointment of Dave (cid:56)illiams as 
Group Commercial Director and Patricia Lee as Group Supply 
Chain and Change Director(cid:15) Dave (cid:56)illiams, who joined the 
Company in November 2012, has held a number of senior 
finance roles including Finance Director at Focus (cid:56)ickes and 
Chief Financial Officer at JJB(cid:15) Patricia Lee, who joined the 
Company in April 2013, was previously (cid:56)arehouse and 
Distribution Director at Next and Group Operations Director 
at New Look(cid:15)

The Board(cid:8)s overriding aim is to make appointments based on 
merit and against objective criteria(cid:15)

INTERNAL CONTROL
There is an ongoing process for identifying, evaluating 
and managing the significant risks faced by the Group(cid:15) 
This process has been in place for the year under review 
and accords with the Turnbull guidance(cid:15) 

The Board, in conjunction with the Audit Committee, has full 
responsibility for the Group(cid:8)s system of internal controls and 
monitoring their effectiveness(cid:15) (cid:41)owever, such a system is 
designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure to 
achieve business objectives, and can only provide reasonable 
and not absolute assurance against material misstatement(cid:15) 
The Board has established a well-defined organisation 
structure with clear operating procedures, lines of 
responsibility, delegated authority to executive management 
and a comprehensive financial reporting process(cid:15) 

Key features of the Group(cid:8)s system of internal control and risk 
management are:

•  Identification and monitoring of the business risks facing  
the Group, with major risks identified and reported to the 
Audit Committee and the Board

•  Detailed appraisal and authorisation procedures for  

capital investment

•  Prompt preparation of comprehensive monthly management 

accounts providing relevant, reliable and up-to-date 
information(cid:15) These allow for comparison with budget and 
previous year(cid:8)s results(cid:15) Significant variances from approved 
budgets are investigated as appropriate

•  Preparation of comprehensive annual profit and cash flow 

budgets allowing management to monitor business activities 
and major risks and the progress towards financial 
objectives in the short and medium term

•  Monitoring of store procedures and the reporting and 

investigation of suspected fraudulent activities

•  Reconciliation and checking of all cash and stock balances 

and investigation of any material differences

In addition, the Audit Committee receives comprehensive 
reports from the external auditor in relation to the financial 
statements and the Group(cid:8)s system of internal controls(cid:15) 

The Group has a formal whistle blowing policy in place 
enabling employees to raise concerns in relation to the 
Group(cid:8)s activities on a confidential basis(cid:15)

The Board has reviewed the effectiveness of the Group(cid:8)s 
system of internal controls and believes this to be effective(cid:15)  
In establishing the system of internal control the Directors have 
regard to the materiality of relevant risks, the likelihood of a 
loss being incurred and costs of control(cid:15) It follows, therefore, 
that the system of internal control can only provide a 
reasonable, and not absolute, assurance against the risk 
of material misstatement or loss(cid:15)

The integration of the recently acquired businesses into the 
Group(cid:8)s system of internal controls is ongoing(cid:15) 

During the year under review the Company had an internal 
auditor who reported to the Audit Committee on a regular 
basis(cid:15) The internal auditor is moving on to a role outside the 
Group during the current financial year and the Board will 
consider on an annual basis whether a replacement should be 
sought given the increasing centralisation of the Group and 
the continued effective role played by the Group(cid:8)s experienced 
Loss Control team in limiting shrinkage, theft and fraud(cid:15) The 
Loss Control Director reports to the Board on a quarterly basis(cid:15)  

The responsibility for internal control procedures within joint 
ventures rests with the senior management of those operations(cid:15) 
The Company monitors its investment in such ventures and 
exerts influence through board representation(cid:15)

SHAREHOLDER RELATIONS
The Executive Directors maintain an active dialogue with the 
Company(cid:8)s major shareholders to enhance understanding of 
their respective objectives(cid:15) The Executive Chairman provides 
feedback to the Board on issues raised by major shareholders(cid:15) 
This is supplemented by twice yearly formal feedback to the 
Board on meetings between management, analysts and 
investors which seeks to convey the financial market(cid:8)s 
perception of the Group(cid:15)

The Senior Independent Non-Executive Director is available to 
shareholders if they have concerns which have not been 
resolved through dialogue with the Executive Directors, or for 
which such contact is inappropriate(cid:15) Major shareholders may 
meet with the Non-Executive Directors upon request(cid:15)

External brokers(cid:8) reports on the Group are circulated to the 
Board for consideration(cid:15) In addition, the Non-Executive 
Directors attend results presentations and analyst and 
institutional investor meetings whenever possible(cid:15) 

The AGM is attended by all Directors, and shareholders  
are invited to ask questions during the meeting and to meet 
with Directors after the formal proceedings have ended(cid:15)  
At the AGM the level of proxies lodged on each resolution  
is announced to the meeting after the show of hands for  
that resolution(cid:15) 

COMPLIANCE WITH THE CODE
The Directors consider that during the year under review and 
to the date of this report, the Company complied with the 
Code except in relation to the following:

•  Code provision C(cid:15)3(cid:15)1 and D(cid:15)2(cid:15)1: During the year under 

review the Company did not comply with Code provisions 
C(cid:15)3(cid:15)1 and D(cid:15)2(cid:15)1, which require there to be three 
independent non-executive directors on the Audit Committee 
and Remuneration Committee respectively(cid:15) Each such 
Committee was comprised of two independent non-executive 
directors(cid:15) The Board will keep Committee composition  
under review

•  Code provision B(cid:15)6(cid:15)2: The Board did not conduct an 

externally facilitated evaluation exercise(cid:15) The Board will 
consider on an annual basis whether an externally facilitated 
exercise is appropriate and would provide value for money

This report was approved by the Board and signed on its 
behalf by:

Jane Brisley 
Company Secretary 
17 April 2013

#DEFINEYOURSELF

BE YOUR STYLE

54

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

55

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 

This Report sets out the remuneration policy operated by  
the Group in respect of the Executive Directors, together with 
disclosures on Directors(cid:8) remuneration required by The Large 
and Medium-si(cid:91)ed Companies and Groups (Accounts and 
Reports) Regulations 2008 ((cid:65)the Regulations(cid:8))(cid:15) It has been 
prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006(cid:15)  
The content of the Report under the section headed  
(cid:65)Audited Information(cid:8) has been audited by the Group(cid:8)s  
auditor, KPMG Audit Plc(cid:15) 

The Board have reviewed the Group(cid:8)s compliance with the UK 
Corporate Governance Code (June 2010) ((cid:65)the Code(cid:8)) on 
remuneration related matters(cid:15) It is the opinion of the Board 
that the Group complied with all remuneration related aspects 
of the Code during the year except for Code provision D(cid:15)2(cid:15)1 
relating to composition of the Remuneration Committee(cid:15)  
Please refer to the section (cid:65)Compliance with the Code(cid:8) on 
page 51 of this Annual Report(cid:15)

The Report will be subject to an advisory shareholder vote at 
the Annual General Meeting ((cid:65)AGM(cid:8)) on 27 June 2013(cid:15)

UNAUDITED INFORMATION

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
The Remuneration Committee (the (cid:65)Committee(cid:8)) comprises two 
independent Non-Executive Directors, being Colin Archer and 
Andrew Leslie(cid:15) Andrew Leslie was appointed to the Committee 
on 1 October 2012(cid:15) Chris Bird was a member of the 
Committee until 30 September 2012(cid:15) Colin Archer is 
Chairman of the Committee(cid:15) 

The Committee assists the Board in determining the Group(cid:8)s 
policy on Executive Directors(cid:8) remuneration and determines the 
specific remuneration packages for senior executives, including 
the Executive Directors, on behalf of the Board(cid:15) Peter Cowgill, 
the Executive Chairman, Barry Bown, the Chief Executive 
Officer, and Brian Small, the Group Finance Director, 
have assisted the Committee when requested with regards 
to matters concerning key executives below Board level(cid:15)

The Committee can obtain independent advice at the 
Company(cid:8)s expense where they consider it appropriate and  
in order to perform their duties(cid:15) 

The Committee is formally constituted with written Terms of 
Reference, which are available on the Company(cid:8)s corporate 
website www(cid:15)jdplc(cid:15)com(cid:15) The Committee is willing to engage 
with any of the major shareholders or other representative 
groups where appropriate concerning remuneration matters(cid:15)

The Committee is mindful of the Company(cid:8)s social, ethical and 
environmental responsibilities and is satisfied that the current 
remuneration arrangements and policies do not encourage 
irresponsible behaviour(cid:15)

The Committee has met twice during the year under review 
with each member attending all the meetings(cid:15) Details of 
attendance at the Committee meetings are set out on page 49(cid:15)  

REMUNERATION POLICY
The Group operates in a highly competitive retail and 
distribution environment and the Committee seeks to ensure 
that the level and form of remuneration is appropriate to 
attract, retain and motivate Directors and senior managers  
of the right calibre to ensure the success of the Company into 
the future(cid:15) 

(cid:56)hilst it is inevitable that policies and practice in respect of 
remuneration will evolve over time, it is the Committee(cid:8)s belief 
that the key principles described below, which applied in the 
year to 2 February 2013, remain appropriate and will continue 
for the financial year to 1 February 2014:

•  The total remuneration which can be earned should be set 
at a level which ensures the retention and motivation of key 
executives of the necessary calibre required to execute the 
business strategy and enhance shareholder value

•  Remuneration should be aligned with the key corporate 

metrics that drive earnings growth and increased 
shareholder value with significant emphasis on performance 
related pay measured over the longer term

•  Incentive arrangements for key individuals should provide an 
appropriate balance between fixed and performance related 
elements and be capable of providing exceptional levels of 
total payment if outstanding performance is achieved

COMPONENTS OF REMUNERATION
The main components of the current remuneration  
package are:

Base salary

The policy of the Committee is to set base salaries for the 
Executive Directors around the median or lower quartile when 
compared to UK quoted retailers with similar corporate 
attributes to those of the Group(cid:15) The following factors are 
taken into account when determining base salary levels:

•  Remuneration levels at comparable UK retail companies

• The need for salaries to be competitive

•  The performance of the individual Executive Director and 

their contribution to the business

• Experience and responsibilities

•  Pay and employment conditions throughout the Group

The policy of the Committee is that the salaries of the Executive 
Directors should be reviewed annually, although it reserves the 
right to review salaries on a discretionary basis if it becomes 
apparent that the Group is at risk of losing a key Board 
member or other senior executive, or if it believes an 
adjustment is required to reflect market rates or performance(cid:15) 
The Committee did not exercise this discretion during the year 
to 2 February 2013(cid:15)

The Committee recognised that in the current difficult and 
volatile trading environment it is important that pay restraint is 
exercised generally and that the Executive Directors should 
lead on this issue(cid:15) Accordingly, the Committee have 
determined that the salaries for the Executive Directors should 
remain at their current level this year(cid:15) These salaries are set 
out below:

Executive 
Director
P Cowgill

B Bown

B Small

Previous 
Salary 
£000
718

318

240

New 
Salary 
£000
718

318

240

Percentage 
Increase 
0%

Position Against 
Comparator Group 
Upper Quartile

0%

0%

Lower Quartile

Lower Quartile

The Comparator Group for these purposes is the  
FTSE 350 companies(cid:15) 

Annual bonus

The Group offers Executive Directors the opportunity to earn 
performance related bonuses through the achievement of 
targets which the Committee sets at the beginning and then 
reviews at the end of each financial year to ensure that they 
remain fair and challenging and are appropriate to the current 
market conditions and position of the Group(cid:15) 

(cid:56)hilst the normal maximum bonus potential is 100(cid:6) of salary, 
the Committee has the discretion to pay bonuses above that 
level for exceptional performance(cid:15) This discretion was not 
utilised in the year to 2 February 2013(cid:15) Following a review of 
the targets and performance of the Group in the year to 
2 February 2013 the Committee determined that a bonus be 
paid equivalent to 50(cid:6) of the value paid out in the year to 
28 January 2012(cid:15) This equated to an average of 36(cid:6) of 
current base salary(cid:15)

Special retention scheme

At the 2011 AGM, the Board proposed a special retention 
scheme (the (cid:65)Scheme(cid:8)) for the Executive Chairman designed to 
ensure that he is retained until at least 31 March 2014 and 
focused on driving shareholder value(cid:15) The Scheme was 
approved by shareholders at the 2011 AGM(cid:15)

The Scheme provides for Mr Cowgill to receive a cash award 
at a certain date in the future(cid:15) The final value of the Scheme is 
subject to the Group achieving certain profits before tax and 
exceptional items ((cid:65)Adjusted Profits(cid:8))(cid:15)  

The Scheme is divided into three (cid:65)tranches(cid:8) relating to three 
accounting periods of the Group being the years ending  
28 January 2012, 2 February 2013 and 1 February 2014 
((cid:65)Award Tranches(cid:8))(cid:15) Each Award Tranche has a maximum 
value, which will be paid out if the Adjusted Profits target for 
the relevant accounting period is met(cid:15) If the Adjusted Profits 
target is not met for any particular accounting period, the 
value of the relevant Award Tranche will be reduced pro-rata 
according to the actual profits before tax and exceptional items 
of the Group(cid:15) If the Adjusted Profits are less than an agreed 
figure (the (cid:65)Minimum Adjusted Profits(cid:8)), the Award Tranche will 
lapse and no cash payment will be made to Mr Cowgill(cid:15)

As an alternative, the Committee may choose to determine the 
amount due under any Award Tranche by reference to the 
performance of the Company against such comparator group 
or other performance condition(s) or criteria as the Committee, 
in its discretion, considers appropriate(cid:15)

Although the amount of cash to be awarded will be calculated 
at three different times, the cash payments will not be made to 
Mr Cowgill until after the Committee has met to confirm the 
final amount due to him under the Scheme, which will be after 
the announcement of the Company(cid:8)s results for the accounting 
period ending 1 February 2014(cid:15)

If Mr Cowgill leaves his employment with the Company before 
the start of any accounting period, he will not be entitled to 
any part of the award for that accounting period or any 
subsequent accounting period(cid:15) If Mr Cowgill leaves his 
employment with the Company after the start of any 
accounting period in circumstances where he is a (cid:65)good 
leaver(cid:8), he will be entitled to a pro-rata amount of the Award 
Tranche for the accounting period in which he leaves and full 
payment in respect of any accounting period which has 
finished(cid:15) The Committee may, at its discretion, decide to allow 
the Award Tranche to vest in full in respect of the accounting 
period in which Mr Cowgill leaves his employment with the 
Company(cid:15) In either case, the cash payment will only be made 
to Mr Cowgill on the usual date, unless the Committee decides 
otherwise(cid:15) (cid:65)Good leaver(cid:8) grounds include ill-health or 
retirement and are further defined in the Scheme agreement(cid:15)

56

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

57

On a takeover or change of control (or similar sale of the 
Company), Mr Cowgill will be entitled to a pro-rata amount  
of the Award Tranche for the accounting period in which the 
change of control event occurs and full payment of the 
Award Tranche in respect of any accounting period which has 
finished(cid:15) Again, the Committee may, at its discretion, decide  
to allow the Award Tranche to vest in full in respect of the 
accounting period current at the time of such takeover or 
change of control (or similar sale of the Company)(cid:15)  
The payment will be made on the usual date unless the 
Committee decides otherwise(cid:15)

None of the benefits which may be received under the Scheme 
will be pensionable(cid:15)

The Adjusted Profits target of £74m to achieve the maximum 
award of £900,000 for the 52 weeks to 28 January 2012 was 
met and so the first Award Tranche of £900,000 vested  
a year ago(cid:15) 

The Adjusted Profits target to achieve the maximum award of 
£900,000 for the 53 weeks to 2 February 2013 was set at 
£74m, with the Minimum Adjusted Profit to achieve 40(cid:6) of 
such maximum award being set at £70m(cid:15) (cid:41)owever as these 
targets were set prior to the acquisition of Blacks which is 
targeted to deliver additional profits in the medium term, the 
Committee retained a discretion to adjust the award for the 
impact of this acquisition, as reported in the 2012 Annual 
Report(cid:15) It was evident by mid-year that the Group(cid:8)s results for 
the 53 week period to 2 February 2013 would be significantly 
adversely affected by the acquisition in the short term(cid:15)

It remains the view of the Board that the Blacks acquisition will 
be a good investment for the Group and offers diversification 
for the future(cid:15) The Committee is satisfied that, excluding the 
impact of the Blacks acquisition, the target of at least  
£74 million in the year to 2 February 2013 would have been 
satisfied(cid:15) In the light of this the Committee exercised its 
discretion and awarded the second Award Tranche of 
£900,000 in full(cid:15) 

The Adjusted Profits target to achieve the maximum award 
of £1,700,000 for the 52 weeks to 1 February 2014 has been 
set at £75m, with the Minimum Adjusted Profit to achieve 
40(cid:6) of such maximum award being set at £68m(cid:15) 
Again, the Committee has reserved the right to adjust these 
targets to take into account the short term impact of any 
corporate activity which may take place in the year(cid:15)

Cash based long term incentive plan

In 2010, the Committee proposed the introduction of a cash 
based Long Term Incentive Plan ((cid:65)2010 LTIP(cid:8)) in order to:

•  Provide the Committee with the necessary mechanism with 
which to retain the Executive Directors who are critical to 
driving shareholder value

•  Provide the Executive Directors with the opportunity to earn 
competitive rewards which was previously severely restricted 
by the absence of any long term incentive plan

•  Align the Executive Directors(cid:8) interests more closely with 

those of the shareholders

•  Focus the Executive Directors on sustaining and improving 
the long-term financial performance of the Company and 
reward them appropriately for doing so

•  Ensure a more appropriate balance in the Executive 

Directors(cid:8) compensation between fixed and performance 
related elements

The 2010 LTIP was subsequently approved by shareholders at 
the 2010 Annual General Meeting and consists of one award 
that will pay out in cash after three years, subject to continued 
employment and meeting performance targets which would 
drive the creation of shareholder value(cid:15) The Committee gave 
considerable thought as to whether the awards should pay out 
in cash or shares and decided that given the current 
shareholder structure and the lack of a large free float, the 
delivery mechanism should be in cash although all payments 
would be non-pensionable(cid:15) The Company does not have any 
share schemes(cid:15)

The structure of a new LTIP for the Executive Directors is under 
consideration and will be put forward to shareholders for 
approval in a General Meeting in due course(cid:15)

Other benefits

The Company makes contributions into individual personal 
pension schemes for Barry Bown and Brian Small at a defined 
percentage of salary, excluding bonus and other forms  
of remuneration(cid:15) 

Other benefits vary from director to director and include 
entitlement to a fully expensed car, private health care for the 
Executive Director and immediate family and life assurance to 
provide cover equal to four times the Executive Director(cid:8)s 
salary(cid:15) Car benefits have been calculated in accordance with 
(cid:41)M Revenue and Customs scale charges(cid:15)

The Executive Chairman does not receive any pension 
contribution or car allowance(cid:15)

The Committee actively reviews the levels of benefit  
received to ensure that they remain competitive in the  
UK quoted environment(cid:15)

SERVICE CONTRACTS
Details of the contracts currently in place for Executive Directors 
are as follows:

Date 
Of 
Contract

Notice 
Period 
(Months)

P Cowgill
B Bown
B Small

16 March 2004
20 February 2009
10 March 2004

12
12
12

Unexpired 
Term

Rolling 12 months
Rolling 12 months
Rolling 12 months

The following table outlines the structure of the 2010 LTIP:

Performance To

Amount Payable:
P Cowgill
B Bown
B Small
Other Key Executives

2 February 
2013 
£000

500
437
313
2,750
4,000

The 2010 LTIP was payable in full in 2013 as the following 
performance conditions relating to the performance of the 
overall Group were both satisfied:

•  Average headline earnings of £74 million over the three 

year performance period from 31 January 2010 to 
2 February 2013 

•  Absolute headline earnings of at least £74 million in the  

year to 2 February 2013

Lower awards to a minimum of 40(cid:6) were to be paid on a 
sliding scale if the performance on either of these criteria is in 
the range of £70 million to £74 million(cid:15) If the performance 
under either of these criteria is below £70 million then no 
awards were to be payable(cid:15)

The Committee exercised its discretion to take account of 
the impact of the Blacks acquisition in January 2012(cid:15) 
The Committee is satisfied that, excluding the impact of the 
Blacks acquisition, the target of at least £74 million in the year 
to 2 February 2013 would have been satisfied(cid:15) Accordingly, 
the LTIP award for the Executive Directors, and certain senior 
executives, has vested in full and will be paid out in  
April 2013(cid:15) In doing this, it was recognised that Blacks is  
a longer term investment for the business(cid:15) In making this 
decision the Committee noted that the LTIP scheme and 
previous ones had been highly successful in retaining the 
Group and Sports fascia senior management team and the 
negative impact it would have on their morale if not paid(cid:15) 

An amount of £759,000 has been recognised in the 
Consolidated Income Statement for the period ended  
2 February 2013 (2012: £1,333,000)(cid:15) This is less than  
one-third of the potential amount chargeable for the year 
reflecting the fact that certain people who previously qualified 
for the LTIP were either no longer in employment with the 
Group and others did not meet business unit specific 
supplementary performance criteria(cid:15)

 
58

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

59

Each service contract includes provision for compensation 
commitments in the event of early termination(cid:15) For each of  
the Executive Directors, these commitments do not exceed  
one year(cid:8)s salary and benefits(cid:15) The Committee consider these 
levels of compensation for loss of office appropriate in light  
of basic salary levels and prevailing market conditions(cid:15)

In the event of gross misconduct, the Company may terminate 
the service contract of an executive director immediately and 
with no liability to make further payments other than in respect 
of amounts accrued at the date of termination(cid:15)

The service agreements and letters of appointment are 
available for inspection by shareholders at the forthcoming 
Annual General Meeting and during normal business hours  
at the Company(cid:8)s registered office address(cid:15)

In accordance with the recommendations of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, all Directors will retire and offer themselves 
for re-election at the 2013 AGM, except for Martin Davies 
who, being appointed during the year under review, will offer 
himself for election(cid:15)  

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORSHIPS
The Board recognises that Executive Directors may be invited 
to become Non-Executive Directors of other businesses and 
that the knowledge and experience which they gain in those 
appointments could be of benefit to the Company(cid:15) 
Prior approval of the Board is required before acceptance 
of any new appointments(cid:15)

During the year to 2 February 2013, only Peter Cowgill held 
Non-Executive positions through his role as Non-Executive 
Chairman of United Carpets Group Plc and MBL Group Plc(cid:15) 
(cid:41)e has retained earnings of £72,500 (2012: £72,000) 
in respect of these offices(cid:15)

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
The Non-Executive Directors have entered into letters of 
appointment with the Company which are terminable by the 
Non-Executive Director or the Company on not less than three 
months(cid:8) notice(cid:15)

Non-Executive Director remuneration is determined by the 
Board taking into account the scope and nature of their duties 
and market rates(cid:15) The Non-Executive Directors do not 
participate in the Company(cid:8)s incentive arrangements and no 
pension contributions are made in respect of them(cid:15) Details of 
their fees are set out in the audited information on page 59(cid:15) 

TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN
The following graph shows the Total Shareholder Return ((cid:8)TSR(cid:8)) 
of the Group in comparison to the FTSE All Share General 
Retailers Index over the past (cid:109)ve years(cid:15) The Committee 
consider the FTSE All Share General Retailers Index a relevant 
index for total shareholder return comparison disclosure 
required under the Regulations as the index represents the 
broad range of UK quoted retailers(cid:15)

TSR is calculated for each (cid:109)nancial year end relative to the 
base date of 31 January 2008 by taking the percentage 
change of the market price over the relevant period,  
re-investing any dividends at the ex-dividend rate(cid:15)

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

JD Sports Fashion Plc 
FTSE All Share General Retailers Index 

AUDITED INFORMATION

INDIVIDUAL DIRECTORS’ EMOLUMENTS

Directors(cid:8) salaries and benefits charged in the period to 2 February 2013 are set out below together with comparatives for  
the period to 28 January 2012(cid:15)

Salary 
and Fees
£000

Benefits 
excl 
Pensions
£000

Annual 
Performance 
Related Bonus
£000

P Cowgill 
B Bown
B Small
C Archer
C Bird
A Leslie
M Davies (1)

714
316
234
41
20
31
10
1,366

1
-
18
-
-
-
-
19

263
116
77
-
-
-
-
456

2013 
Total
£000

978
432
329
41
20
31
10
1,841

2012 
Total
£000

1,226
543
376
39
30
30
-
2,244

2013 
Pension 
Costs
£000

2012 
Pension 
Costs
£000

-
25
28
-
-
-
-
53

-
25
24
-
-
-
-
49

(1) Mr Davies joined the Board on 1 October 2012(cid:15)

The pension contributions represent amounts payable to defined contribution pension schemes(cid:15)

CASH BASED LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
The following amounts have been provided in the period ended 2 February 2013 in respect of the Long Term Incentive Plan(cid:15) 
The amounts recognised comprise one third of the 2010 LTIP based on Group performance in the final year of the three year 
vesting period(cid:15)

P Cowgill
B Bown
B Small

2013 
£000

167
146
104
417

2012 
£000

167
146
104
417

This report has been prepared on behalf of the Board(cid:15)

Colin Archer 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 
17 April 2013

 
 
60

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT 
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

61

STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES IN RESPECT OF THE 
ANNUAL REPORT AND THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS 
OF JD SPORTS FASHION PLC

RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS 
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report 
and the Group and Parent Company financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations(cid:15)

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also 
responsible for preparing a Directors(cid:8) Report, Directors(cid:8) 
Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance Report that 
complies with that law and those regulations(cid:15)

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and 
Parent Company financial statements for each financial year(cid:15) 
Under that law they are required to prepare the Group 
financial statements in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by 
the EU and applicable law and have elected to prepare the 
Parent Company financial statements on the same basis(cid:15)

Under company law the Directors must not approve the 
financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give 
a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and 
Parent Company and of their profit or loss for that period(cid:15) 
In preparing each of the Group and Parent Company 
financial statements, the Directors are required to:

•  Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently

•  Make judgments and estimates that are reasonable 

and prudent

•  State whether they have been prepared in accordance with 

IFRSs as adopted by the EU

•  Prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and the 
Parent Company will continue in business

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Parent 
Company(cid:8)s transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position of the Parent 
Company and enable them to ensure that its financial 
statements comply with the Companies Act 2006(cid:15) They have 
general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably 
open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to 
prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities(cid:15)

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity 
of the corporate and financial information included on the 
Group(cid:8)s websites(cid:15) Legislation in the UK governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may 
differ from legislation in other jurisdictions(cid:15)

RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT
Each of the Directors whose names and positions are set out 
on page 42 confirms that, to the best of their knowledge:

•  The Financial Statements, prepared in accordance with the 
applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or 
loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole

•  The Directors(cid:8) Report includes a fair review of the 

development and performance of the business and the 
position of the Company and the undertakings included in 
the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description 
of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face

By order of the Board

Brian Small 
Group Finance Director 
17 April 2013

(cid:56)e have audited the financial statements of JD Sports Fashion 
Plc for the 53 weeks ended 2 February 2013, which comprise 
the Consolidated Income Statement, Consolidated and  
Parent Company Statement of Comprehensive Income, 
Consolidated and Parent Company Statement of  
Financial Position, Consolidated and Parent Company 
Statement of Cash Flows, Consolidated and Parent Company 
Statement of Changes in Equity and the related notes set out 
on pages 67 to 130(cid:15) The financial reporting framework that 
has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted 
by the EU and, as regards the Parent Company financial 
statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of 
the Companies Act 2006(cid:15)

This report is made solely to the Company(cid:8)s members, 
as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006(cid:15) Our audit work has been undertaken so 
that we might state to the Company(cid:8)s members those matters 
we are required to state to them in an auditor(cid:8)s report and for 
no other purpose(cid:15) To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do 
not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the 
Company and the Company(cid:8)s members, as a body, for our 
audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed(cid:15)

RESPECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS 
AND AUDITOR
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors(cid:8) 
Responsibilities set out on page 60, the Directors are 
responsible for the preparation of the financial statements 
and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view(cid:15) 
Our responsibility is to audit, and express and opinion on, 
the financial statements in accordance with applicable law 
and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland)(cid:15) 
Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing 
Practices Board(cid:8)s (APB(cid:8)s) Ethical Standards for Auditors(cid:15)

SCOPE OF THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
A description of the scope of an audit of financial  
statements is provided on the APB(cid:8)s website at  
www(cid:15)frc(cid:15)org(cid:15)uk/apb/scope/private(cid:15)cfm(cid:15)

OPINION ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
In our opinion:

•  The financial statements give a true and fair view of the state 
of the Group(cid:8)s and of the Parent Company(cid:8)s affairs as at 
2 February 2013 and of the Group(cid:8)s and the Parent 
Company(cid:8)s profit for the 53 week period then ended

•  The Group financial statements have been properly 

prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU

•  The Parent Company financial statements have been 

properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted 
by the EU and as applied in accordance with the provisions 
of the Companies Act 2006

•  The financial statements have been prepared in accordance 

with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, 
as regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of 
the IAS Regulation

OPINION ON OTHER MATTERS PRESCRIBED BY 
THE COMPANIES ACT 2006
In our opinion:

•  The part of the Directors(cid:8) Remuneration Report to be audited 

has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006

•  The information given in the Directors(cid:8) Report for the 
financial year for which the financial statements are 
prepared is consistent with the financial statements

•  Information given in the Corporate Governance Report with 
respect to internal control and risk management systems in 
relation to financial reporting processes and about share 
capital structures is consistent with the financial statements

MATTERS ON WHICH WE ARE  REQUIRED TO REPORT 
BY EXCEPTION
(cid:56)e have nothing to report in respect of the following:

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to 
you if, in our opinion:

•  Adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 
Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have 
not been received from branches not visited by us or

•  The Parent Company financial statements and the part of 
the Directors(cid:8) Remuneration Report to be audited are not 
in agreement with the accounting records and returns or

•  Certain disclosures of Directors(cid:8) remuneration specified by 

law are not made or

•  (cid:56)e have not received all the information and explanations 

we require for our audit or

•  A Corporate Governance Statement has not been prepared 

by the Group

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:

•  The Directors(cid:8) statement, set out on page 45, in relation to 

going concern

•  The part of the Corporate Governance Report relating to the 
Company(cid:8)s compliance with the nine provisions of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code specified for our review

•  Certain elements of the report to shareholders by the Board 

on Directors(cid:8) remuneration

Stuart Burdass (Senior Statutory Auditor)
For and on behalf of: 
KPMG Audit Plc
Statutory Auditor 
Chartered Accountants
St James(cid:8) Square
Manchester
M2 6DS

17 April 2013

 
62

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

63

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the 53 weeks ended 2 February 2013 

For the 53 weeks ended 2 February 2013 

REVENUE 
Cost of sales 
GROSS PROFIT 
Selling and distribution expenses - normal 
Selling and distribution expenses - exceptional 
Selling and distribution expenses 
Administrative expenses - normal 
Administrative expenses - exceptional 
Administrative expenses 
Other operating income 
OPERATING PROFIT 
Before exceptional items 
Exceptional items 
OPERATING PROFIT 
Share of results of joint venture before exceptional items (net of income tax) 
Share of exceptional items (net of income tax) 
Share of results of joint venture 
Financial income 
Financial expenses 
PROFIT BEFORE TAX 
Income tax expense 
PROFIT FOR THE PERIOD 
Attributable to equity holders of the parent 
Attributable to non-controlling interest 
Basic earnings per ordinary share 
Diluted earnings per ordinary share  

53 weeks to 
2 February 
2013
£000

 Note 

(494,619)
(3,724)

(59,973)
(1,624)

 4 

 4 

 4 

 17 
 17 
 17 
 7 
 8 
 3 
 9 

 10 
 10 

53 weeks to 
2 February 
2013
£000
 1,258,892 
(645,404)
 613,488 

(498,343)

52 weeks to 
28 January 
2012 
£000

(403,923)
(10,532)

(43,193)
 847 

(61,597)
 2,427 
 55,975 
 61,323 
(5,348)
 55,975 
 -   
 -   
 -   
 645 
(1,503)
 55,117 
(13,875)
 41,242 
 38,786 
 2,456 
 79.71p 
 79.71p 

52 weeks to 
28 January 
2012 
£000
 1,059,523 
(538,676)
 520,847 

(414,455)

(42,346)
 2,730 
 66,776 
 76,461 
(9,685)
 66,776 
(102)
 1,170 
 1,068 
 646 
(1,048)
 67,442 
(18,093)
 49,349 
 46,847 
 2,502 
 96.27p 
 96.27p 

PROFIT FOR THE PERIOD 
Other comprehensive income: 
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations 
Recycling of foreign currency translation reserve on disposal of foreign operations 
TOTAL OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE PERIOD 
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME AND EXPENSE FOR THE PERIOD
(NET OF INCOME TAX) 
Attributable to equity holders of the parent 
Attributable to non-controlling interest 

           GROUP 

           COMPANY 

53 weeks to 
2 February 
2013
£000
 41,242 

52 weeks to 
28 January 
2012
£000
 49,349 

53 weeks to 
2 February 
2013
£000
 47,874 

(2,921)
(910)
(3,831)

 37,411 
 34,767 
 2,644 

(2,096)
 -   
(2,096)

 47,253 
 44,751 
 2,502 

 - 
 - 
 -   

 47,874 
 47,874 
 - 

52 weeks to 
28 January 
2012 
£000
 52,190 

 -   
 -   
 -   

 52,190 
 52,190 
 -   

 
64

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

65

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 

As at 2 February 2013 

For the 53 weeks ended 2 February 2013 

ASSETS 
Intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Investment property 
Other assets 
Investments 
Deferred tax assets 
TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables  
Cash and cash equivalents 
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS 
TOTAL ASSETS 
LIABILITIES  
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
Trade and other payables 
Provisions 
Income tax liabilities 
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES 
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
Other payables 
Provisions 
Deferred tax liabilities 
TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES 
TOTAL LIABILITIES 
TOTAL ASSETS LESS TOTAL LIABILITIES 
CAPITAL AND RESERVES 
Issued ordinary share capital 
Share premium 
Retained earnings 
Other reserves 
TOTAL EQUITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO EQUITY HOLDERS OF THE PARENT 
Non-controlling interest 
TOTAL EQUITY 

Note

 13 
 14 
 15 
 16 
 18 
 26 

 19 
 20 
 21 

 22 
 24 
 25 

 22 
 24 
 25 
 26 

 27 

           GROUP

           COMPANY

 As at 
2 February 
2013
£000

As at 
28 January 2012 
(restated 
 - see note 1)
£000

As at 
2 February 
2013
£000

As at 
28 January 
2012
£000

 96,024 
 129,101 
 -   
 20,568 
 -   
 -   
 245,693 
 146,569 
 56,761 
 53,484 
 256,814 
 502,507 

(7,157)
(194,061)
(2,714)
(8,817)
(212,749)
(691)
(30,085)
(3,373)
(3,852)
(38,001)
(250,750)
 251,757 

 2,433 
 11,659 
 230,572 
(6,841)
 237,823 
 13,934 
 251,757 

 97,290 
 118,909 
 -   
 16,975 
 -   
 -   
 233,174 
 133,243 
 54,147 
 67,024 
 254,414 
 487,588 

(5,547)
(196,256)
(3,375)
(8,861)
(214,039)
(1,182)
(36,149)
(6,407)
(723)
(44,461)
(258,500)
 229,088 

 2,433 
 11,659 
 207,503 
(6,339)
 215,256 
 13,832 
 229,088 

 31,908 
 71,924 
 3,614 
 4,399 
 45,375 
 519 
 157,739 
 56,125 
 156,105 
 20,046 
 232,276 
 390,015 

 -   
(97,913)
(2,040)
(5,783)
(105,736)
 -   
(26,608)
(1,695)
 -   
(28,303)
(134,039)
 255,976 

 2,433 
 11,659 
 242,461 
(577)
 255,976 
 - 
 255,976 

 28,186 
 71,103 
 2,970 
 3,558 
 42,475 
 307 
 148,599 
 52,579 
 123,953 
 28,762 
 205,294 
 353,893 

 -   
(95,077)
(2,404)
(2,877)
(100,358)
 -   
(28,440)
(4,008)
 -   
(32,448)
(132,806)
 221,087 

 2,433 
 11,659 
 206,995 
 - 
 221,087 
 - 
 221,087 

These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 17 April 2013 and were signed on its behalf by:

B Small
Director
Registered number: 1888425 

GROUP
Balance at 29 January 2011 
Profit for the period 
Other comprehensive income: 
      Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations 
Total other comprehensive income 
Total comprehensive income for the period 
Dividends to equity holders 
Put options held by non-controlling interests 
Non-controlling interest arising on acquisition 
Disposal of non-controlling interest 
Balance at 28 January 2012 
Profit for the period 
Other comprehensive income: 
      Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations 
      Recycling of foreign currency translation reserve on disposal of foreign operations 
Total other comprehensive income 
Total comprehensive income for the period 
Dividends to equity holders 
Put options held by non-controlling interests 
Revaluation of Canterbury put option prior to disposal 
On disposal of Canterbury 
Non-controlling interest arising on acquisition 
BALANCE AT 2 FEBRUARY 2013 

Ordinary 
share 
capital
£000
 2,433 
 -   

Share 
premium
£000
 11,659 
 -   

Retained 
earnings
£000
 171,916 
 46,847 

 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 2,433 
 -   

 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 2,433 

 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 11,659 
 -   

 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 11,659 

 -   
 -   
 46,847 
(11,338)
 -   
 -   
 78 
 207,503 
 38,786 

 -   
 -   
 -   
 38,786 
(12,408)
 -   
 -   
(2,691)
(618)
 230,572 

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve
£000
(149)
 -   

Total equity 
attributable 
to equity 
holders of 
the parent
£000
 184,090 
 46,847 

Non-
controlling 
interest 
(restated - 
see note 1)
£000
 1,085 
 2,502 

(2,096)
(2,096)
(2,096)
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
(2,245)
 -   

(3,109)
(910)
(4,019)
(4,019)
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
(6,264)

(2,096)
(2,096)
 44,751 
(11,338)
(2,325)
 -   
 78 
 215,256 
 38,786 

(3,109)
(910)
(4,019)
 34,767 
(12,408)
(1,744)
 2,570 
 -   
(618)
 237,823 

 -   
 -   
 2,502 
(140)
 -   
 10,462 
(77)
 13,832 
 2,456 

 188 
 -   
 188 
 2,644 
(338)
 -   
 -   
(2,570)
 366 
 13,934 

Total 
equity 
£000
 185,175 
 49,349 

(2,096)
(2,096)
 47,253 
(11,478)
(2,325)
 10,462 
 1 
 229,088 
 41,242 

(2,921)
(910)
(3,831)
 37,411 
(12,746)
(1,744)
 2,570 
(2,570)
(252)
 251,757 

Other 
equity
£000
(1,769)
 -   

 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
(2,325)
 -   
 -   
(4,094)
 -   

 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
(1,744)
 2,570 
 2,691 
 -   
(577)

Put options at 2 February 2013 are held by the 40% non-controlling interest in Tessuti Group Limited and 15% 
non-controlling interest in Source Lab Limited (see note 24). As at 28 January 2012 the put options were held by the 49% 
non-controlling interest in Canterbury of New Zealand and 25% non-controlling interest in Canterbury International (Australia) 
Pty Limited (see note 12). 

COMPANY
Balance at 29 January 2011 
Profit for the period 
Total comprehensive income for the period 
Dividends to equity holders 
Balance at 28 January 2012 
Profit for the period 
Total comprehensive income for the period 
Dividends to equity holders 
Put options held by non-controlling interest in a subsidiary 
BALANCE AT 2 FEBRUARY 2013 

Ordinary 
share 
capital 
£000
 2,433 
 -   
 -   
 -   
 2,433 
 -   
 -   
 -   

Share 
premium 
£000
 11,659 
 -   
 -   
 -   
 11,659 
 -   
 -   
 -   

 2,433 

 11,659 

Retained 
earnings 
£000
 166,143 
 52,190 
 52,190 
(11,338)
 206,995 
 47,874 
 47,874 
(12,408)
 -   
 242,461 

Other 
equity 
£000
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
(577)
(577)

Total 
equity 
£000
 180,235 
 52,190 
 52,190 
(11,338)
 221,087 
 47,874 
 47,874 
(12,408)
(577)
 255,976 

 
66

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

67

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the 53 weeks ended 2 February 2013

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES 
Profit for the period 
Share of results of joint venture 
Income tax expense 
Financial expenses 
Financial income 
Depreciation and amortisation of non-current assets 
Exchange differences on translation 
Profit on disposal of Canterbury
Loss on disposal of non-current assets 
Other exceptional items
Increase in inventories 
Increase in trade and other receivables 
(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables 
Interest paid 
Income taxes paid 
NET CASH FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES 
Interest received 
Proceeds from sale of non-current assets 
Disposal costs of non-current assets 
Acquisition of intangible assets 
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment 
Acquisition of investment property 
Acquisition of non-current other assets 
Acquisition of investments 
Cash consideration of acquisitions 
Cash acquired with acquisitions 
Overdrafts acquired with acquisitions 
Receipt of Canterbury intercompany debt 
Cash in Canterbury on disposal 
Dividend received from joint venture 
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES  
Repayment of interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
Repayment of finance lease liabilities 
Acquisition of non-controlling interest 
Sale of subsidiary shares to non-controlling interest 
Equity dividends paid 
Dividends paid to non-controlling interest in subsidiaries 
NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES 
NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT THE BEGINNING OF THE PERIOD 
Foreign exchange gains on cash and cash equivalents
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT THE END OF THE PERIOD 

GROUP

COMPANY

53 weeks to 
2 February 
2013
£000

52 weeks to 
28 January 
2012
£000

53 weeks to 
2 February 
2013
£000

52 weeks to 
28 January 
2012
£000

 41,242 
 -   
 13,875 
 1,503 
(645)
 30,328 
(10)
(691)
 212 
 4,495 
 (23,551)
(12,393)
(5,902)
(1,503)
(12,232)
 34,728  

 645 
 977 
(143)
(5,540)
(38,178)
 -   
(5,350)
 -   
(5,875)
 1,208 
(175)
 22,699 
(5,888)
 -   
(35,620)

(245)
(593)
(40)
 -   
(12,408)
(338)
(13,624)
(14,516)
 61,611 
( 867)
 46,228 

 49,349 
(1,068)
 18,093 
 1,048 
(646)
 24,353 
(764)
 -   
 1,148 
 8,751 
(14,397) 
(2,780)
 11,952 
(1,048)
(25,084)
 68,907 

 646 
 171 
(312)
(1,711)
(43,846)
 -   
(1,903)
 -   
(26,106)
 4,019 
(3,326)
 -   
 -   
 7,217 
(65,151)

(16,755)
(1,459)
 -   
 2 
(11,338)
(140)
(29,690)
(25,934)
 87,545 
 -   
 61,611 

 47,874 
 -   
 21,901 
 1,019 
(683)
 17,125 
 158 
 600 
 255 
 -   
(3,546) 
(54,851)
(10,957)
(1,019)
(11,100)
 6,776  

 683 
 55 
(51)
(5,540)
(15,823)
(677)
(1,372)
(2,860)
 -   
 -   
 -   
 22,699 
 -   
 -   
(2,886)

 -    
 -   
(40)
 -   
(12,408)
 -   
(12,448)
(8,558)
 28,762 
(158)
 20,046 

 52,190 
 -   
 18,259 
 637 
(719)
 14,488 
 -   
 -   
 631 
(4,522)
 (5,107)
(42,418)
 10,995 
(637)
(23,454)
 20,343 

 719 
 5 
(249)
(1,500)
(32,748)
 -   
(482)
(33,411)
(1,000)
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 7,217 
(61,449)

 -   
 -   
 -   
 2 
(11,338)
 -   
(11,336)
(52,442)
 81,204 
 -   
 28,762 

Note

 17 
 9 
 8 
 7 
 3 

 4 
 4 
 4 

 13 
 14 
 15 

 18 

 12 
 12 

 12 
 12 
 28 

 31 
 31 
 31 
 31 

1. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

JD Sports Fashion Plc, (the 'Company') is a company 
incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom. 
The financial statements for the 53 week period ended 
2 February 2013 represent those of the Company and its 
subsidiaries (together referred to as the 'Group'). The Parent 
Company financial statements present information about the 
Company as a separate entity and not about its Group.

The financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board 
of Directors on 17 April 2013.

Basis of preparation

European Union law (‘EU LAW’) (IAS Regulation EC 1606/2002) 
requires that the financial statements of the Group are 
prepared and approved in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU (‘adopted 
IFRSs’). The financial statements have been prepared on the 
basis of the requirements of adopted IFRSs that are endorsed 
by the EU and effective at 2 February 2013.

The Company has chosen to present its own results under 
adopted IFRSs and by publishing the Company Financial 
Statements here, with the Group Financial Statements, the 
Company is taking advantage of the exemption in s408 of the 
Companies Act 2006 not to present its individual income 
statement and related notes. 

The financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, 
rounded to the nearest thousand. 

The financial statements have been prepared under the 
historical cost convention, as modified for financial assets and 
liabilities (including derivative instruments) at fair value through 
the Consolidated Income Statement and also put options held 
by the non-controlling interests.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with 
adopted IFRSs requires management to make judgements, 
estimates and assumptions that affect the application of 
policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income 
and expenses. The estimates and associated assumptions are 
based on historical experience and various other factors that 
are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the 
results of which form the basis of making the judgements about 
carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily 
apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from 
these estimates.

The judgements, estimates and underlying assumptions are 
reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting 
estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is 
revised and in any future periods affected. 

The accounting policies set out below have unless otherwise 
stated been applied consistently to all periods present in these 
financial statements and have been applied consistently by all 
Group entities.

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely 
to affect its future development, performance and position are 
set out in the Executive Chairman’s Statement and Financial 
and Risk Review on pages 19 and 28 respectively. In addition, 
details of financial instruments and exposures to interest rate, 
foreign currency, credit and liquidity risks are outlined in note 23.

As at 2 February 2013, the Group had net cash balances of 
£45,636,000 (2012: £60,295,000) with available committed 
borrowing facilities of £75,000,000 of which £nil (2012: £nil) 
has been drawn down (see note 22). With £75,000,000 
available, the Directors believe that the Group is well placed to 
manage its business risks successfully despite the current 
uncertain economic outlook.

After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the 
going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

Adoption of new and revised standards

From the 29 January 2012, the Group has applied the 
amendment to IAS 12 Deferred Tax: Recovery of Underlying 
Assets. The Amendment introduces an exception to the current 
measurement principles of deferred tax assets and liabilities 
where investment properties are measured using the fair value 
model in accordance with IAS 40 Investment Property. This has 
had no significant impact on the consolidated results or 
financial position of the Group. 

A number of new standards, amendments to standards and 
interpretations have been issued during the 53 week period 
ended 2 February 2013 but are not yet effective, and therefore 
have not yet been adopted by the Group.

Amendment to IFRS 1 'Presentation of Items of Other 
Comprehensive Income (OCI)' is effective for accounting 
periods beginning July 2012. The amendment requires an 
entity to separate items included in OCI between those that 
may be reclassified to profit and loss in the future from those 
that would never be reclassified to profit and loss. This 
standard is not expected to have a significant impact on the 
consolidated results or financial position of the Group.

Annual improvement to IFRSs - 2009-2011 Cycle is applicable 
from January 2013. If endorsed, the Group will apply as 
appropriate where the key improvements relevant to the Group 
relate to IFRS 1 Presentation of financial statements and IAS 34 
Interim financial reporting.   

IFRS 13 'Fair Value Measurement' is applicable from January 
2013. The standard consolidates the existing fair value 
measurement guidance in different IFRSs with a single 
definition of fair value, a framework for measuring fair value 
and disclosures about fair value measurements. This standard 
is not expected to have a significant impact on the consolidated 
results or financial position of the Group.

  
68

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

69

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

1. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

Adoption of new and revised standards (continued)

New standards on consolidation (and related standards), 
which are effective for accounting periods beginning January 
2014. The following standards replace the existing accounting 
for subsidiaries and joint ventures, and make limited 
amendments in relation to associates:

The Group continues to monitor the potential impact of other 
new standards and interpretations which may be endorsed by 
the European Union and require adoption by the Group in 
future reporting periods. 

The Group does not consider that any other standards, 
amendments or interpretations issued by the IASB, but not  
yet applicable, will have a significant impact on the  
financial statements. 

•   IFRS 10 'Consolidated Financial Statements'

Prior period restatement

• IFRS 11 'Joint Arrangements'

• IFRS 12 'Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities'

•  Amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12 (if endorsed)

•  IAS 27 'Separate Financial Statements (2011 revised)'

•  IAS 28 'Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures 

(2011 revised)'

With the exception of future acquisition of subsidiaries and 
joint ventures it is not anticipated that these standards will have 
a significant Impact on the financial statements, as no change 
to the current consolidation conclusions is expected to be 
required. IFRS 10 indicates that control is the determining 
factor in deciding whether an entity should be consolidated in 
the Groups financial statements.  

Amendments to IFRS 7 'Offsetting Financial Assets and 
Financial Liabilities' is applicable from January 2013. This 
amendment introduces new disclosure required for financial 
assets and liabilities which have been offset in the statement of 
financial position and/or are subject to master netting 
arrangements or similar agreements, but is not anticipated to 
have a significant impact on the financial statements.

Amendments to IAS 32 'Offsetting Financial Assets and 
Financial Liabilities' is applicable from January 2014. 
This amendment clarifies the application of the offsetting rules, 
however this is not anticipated to have a significant impact on 
the financial statements.

IFRS 9 'Financial Instruments' is applicable from 2015. 
If endorsed, this standard will simplify the classification of 
financial assets for measurement purposes, but is not 
anticipated to have a significant impact on the 
financial statements.

IFRS 17 'Leases' may be introduced with a proposed guide 
date of 2015. If endorsed, this standard will significantly affect 
the presentation of the Group financial statements with all 
leases apart from short term leases being recognised as either 
finance leases or 'other than finance' leases with a 
corresponding liability being the present value of the 
lease payments. 

The comparative Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
and Consolidated Statement of Changes In Equity as at  
28 January 2012 has been restated to reflect the completion  
in the period to 2 February 2013 of the initial accounting in 
respect of the acquisitions of JD Sprinter Holdings 2010 
SL acquired in the period to 28 July 2012 and to reflect 
the completion of the initial accounting in respect of 
Blacks Outdoor Retail Limited acquired in the period to 
28 January 2012.

Adjustments made to the provisional calculation of the fair 
value of assets and liabilities acquired, as reported at 28 
January 2012, in the period to 2 February 2013 have resulted 
in the following changes:

For the acquisition of JD Sprinter Holdings 2010 SL the 
measurement adjustments made to the fair values of the net 
assets reduced total assets by £449,000, reduced total 
liabilities by £289,000 and the resulting change on total equity 
was £160,000. This adjustment has also decreased 
non-controlling interest by £160,000.

For the acquisition of Blacks Outdoor Retail Limited the 
measurement adjustments made to the fair values of the net 
assets increased total assets by £204,000, increased total 
liabilities by £204,000 and the resulting change on total equity 
was £nil.

The impact of these adjustments on the net assets is shown in 
note 11.

Basis of consolidation

I.  Subsidiaries 

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. Control exists 
when the Group has the power to govern the financial and 
operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its 
activities. In assessing control, potential voting rights that are 
presently exercisable are taken into account. 

The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the 
consolidated financial statements from the date that control 
commences until the date that control ceases. Non-controlling 
interests in the net assets of consolidated subsidiaries are 
identified separately from the equity attributable to holders of 
the parent. Non-controlling interests consist of the amount of 
those interests at the date that control commences and the 
attributable share of changes in equity subsequent to that date.

1. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

III. Depreciation 

II.   Joint ventures

Joint ventures are entities over which the Group has joint 
control based on a contractual arrangement. The results and 
assets and liabilities of joint ventures are incorporated in the 
consolidated financial statements using the equity method of 
accounting. Investments in joint ventures are carried in the 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at cost and 
adjusted for post-acquisition changes in the Group's share of 
the net assets. Losses of the joint venture in excess of the 
Group's interest in it are not recognised.

III.  Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Intragroup balances, and any unrealised income and expenses 
arising from intragroup transactions, are eliminated in 
preparing the consolidated financial statements.

Property, plant and equipment  

I.  Owned assets

Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less 
accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Where parts 
of an item of property, plant and equipment have different 
useful economic lives, they are accounted for as separate items.  

II.  Leased assets

Assets funded through finance leases and similar hire purchase 
contracts are capitalised as property, plant and equipment 
where the Group  assumes substantially all of the risks and 
rewards of ownership. Upon initial recognition, the leased 
asset is measured at the lower of its fair value and the present 
value of the minimum lease payments. Future instalments 
under such leases, net of financing costs, are included within 
interest-bearing loans and borrowings.

Rental payments are apportioned between the finance element, 
which is included in finance costs, and the capital element 
which reduces the outstanding obligation for future instalments 
so as to give a constant charge on the outstanding obligation. 

All other leases are accounted for as operating leases and the 
rental costs, are charged to the Consolidated Income 
Statement on a straight line basis over the life of the lease. 
Contingent rental payments, where payment is conditional on 
the Group's operating performance derived from the lease 
item (e.g. turnover levels), are expensed in the period incurred.  

Legal fees and other costs associated with the acquisition of a 
leasehold interest are capitalised within non-current other 
assets. These costs are amortised over the life of the lease.

Lease incentives are credited to the Consolidated Income 
Statement on a straight line basis over the life of the lease.

Rental income from operating leases where the Group is the 
lessor is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of 
the relevant lease.

Depreciation is charged to the Consolidated Income Statement 
over the estimated useful life of each part of an item of 
property, plant and equipment. The estimated useful 
economic lives are as follows:

Freehold land

not depreciated

Long leasehold and 
freehold properties

Improvements to short 
leasehold properties

2% per annum on a straight line basis

life of lease on a straight line basis

Computer equipment

3 - 4 years on a straight line basis

Fixtures and fittings

Motor vehicles

5 - 7 years, or length of lease if 
shorter, on a straight line basis

25% per annum on a reducing 
balance basis

Investment property

Investment property, which is property held to earn rentals, is 
stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment 
losses. Investment property is depreciated over a period of 
50 years on a straight line basis, with the exception of freehold 
land, which is not depreciated. The Group has elected not to 
revalue investment property annually but to disclose the fair 
value in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The fair value is based on an external valuation prepared by 
persons having the appropriate professional qualification 
and experience.

Business combinations

All business combinations are accounted for by applying the 
acquisition method.

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition 
method as at the acquisition date, which is the date on which 
control is transferred to the Group. Control is the power to 
govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to 
obtain benefits from its activities. In assessing control, the 
Group takes into consideration potential voting rights that 
currently are exercisable.

The consideration transferred does not include amounts related 
to the settlement of pre-existing relationships. Such amounts 
are generally recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement.

Costs related to the acquisition, other than those associated with 
the issue of debt or equity securities, that the Group incurs in 
connection with a business combination are expensed as incurred.

Any contingent consideration payable is recognised at fair 
value at the acquisition date. If the contingent consideration is 
classified as equity, it is not remeasured and settlement is 
accounted for within equity. Otherwise, subsequent changes to 
the fair value of the contingent consideration are recognised in 
the Consolidated Income Statement. 

70

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

71

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

1. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

II.  Other intangible assets

1. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

Net cash/interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Intangible assets

I.  Goodwill

Goodwill represents amounts arising on acquisition 
of subsidiaries. 

For acquisitions on or after 31 January 2010, the Group 
measures goodwill at the acquisition date as:

• the fair value of the consideration transferred; plus

•  the recognised amount of any non-controlling interests in 

the acquiree; plus

•  if the business combination is achieved in stages, the fair 
value of the existing equity interest in the acquiree; less

•  the net recognised amount of the identifiable assets acquired 

and liabilities assumed

When the excess is negative, negative goodwill is recognised 
immediately in the Consolidated Income Statement.

On disposal of a subsidiary, the attributable amount of goodwill is 
included in the determination of the profit/loss on disposal.

In respect of business acquisitions that occurred from  
1 February 2004 to 30 January 2010, goodwill represents  
the difference between the cost of the acquisition and the net 
fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent 
liabilities of the acquiree. When the excess was negative 
(negative goodwill), it was recognised immediately in the 
Consolidated Income Statement as an exceptional item. 
Transaction costs, other than those associated with the issue  
of debt or equity securities, that the Group incurred in 
connection with business combinations were capitalised as  
part of the cost of the acquisition.

In respect of acquisitions prior to 1 February 2004, goodwill is 
included on the basis of its deemed cost, which represents the 
amount recorded under previous GAAP. The classification and 
accounting treatment of business combinations that occurred 
prior to 1 February 2004 has not been reconsidered in 
preparing the Group’s opening adopted IFRS balance sheet  
at 1 February 2004. 

Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment 
losses. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units 
('CGUs') and is tested annually for impairment and whenever 
there is an indication that the goodwill may be impaired. 
The CGUs used are the store portfolios and distribution 
companies acquired. The recoverable amount is compared 
to the carrying amount of the CGU including goodwill. 
The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined based 
on value-in-use calculations. 

Other intangible assets represent brand licences, brand names 
and purchased fascia names. 

Brand licences are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation 
and impairment losses. Amortisation of brand licences is 
charged to the Consolidated Income Statement over the term 
to the licence expiry on a straight line basis.

Brand names acquired as part of a business combination are 
stated at fair value as at the acquisition date less accumulated 
amortisation and impairment losses. Brand names separately 
acquired are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and 
impairment losses. The useful economic life of each purchased 
brand name is considered to be finite. Amortisation of brand 
names is charged to the Consolidated Income Statement over 
their useful life on a straight line basis. 

Separately identifiable fascia names acquired are stated at fair 
value as at the acquisition date less accumulated impairment 
losses. The useful economic life of each purchased fascia 
name is considered separately. Where the Directors believe 
that there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the 
asset is expected to generate a net cash flow, the specific fascia 
name is not amortised but is subject to an impairment review 
on an annual basis or more frequently if there is an indicator 
that the fascia name is impaired. 

Investments in subsidiary undertakings 
and joint ventures

In the Company’s accounts all investments in subsidiary 
undertakings and joint ventures are stated at cost less 
provisions for impairment losses.

Changes in ownership interest without a loss of control

In accordance with IAS 27 'Consolidated and Separate 
Financial Statements' (2008), upon a change in ownership 
interest in a subsidiary without a loss of control, the carrying 
amounts of the controlling and non-controlling interests are 
adjusted to reflect the changes in their relative interests in the 
subsidiary.  Any difference between the amount by which the 
non-controlling interests are adjusted and the fair value of the 
consideration paid or received is recognised directly in equity 
and attributed to the owners of the parent. Acquisitions or 
disposals of non-controlling interests are therefore accounted 
for as transactions with owners in their capacity as owners and 
no goodwill is recognised as a result of such transactions. 
Associated transaction costs are accounted for within equity.

Inventories 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net  
realisable value. Cost is based on the weighted average 
principle. Provisions are made for obsolescence,  
mark downs and shrinkage.

Financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the 
Group’s Statement of Financial Position when the Group 
becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the 
instrument. Financial assets are derecognised when the 
contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial assets 
expire or are transferred. Financial liabilities are derecognised 
when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, 
cancelled or expires.

Trade receivables

Trade receivables are recognised at amortised cost less 
impairment losses. A provision for the impairment of trade 
receivables is established when there is objective evidence that 
the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according 
to the original terms. Significant financial difficulties of the 
debtor, probability that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or 
financial reorganisation and default or delinquency in 
payments are considered indicators that the trade receivable is 
impaired. The movement in the provision is recognised in the 
Consolidated Income Statement. 

Non-current other assets

I.  Key money

Monies paid in certain countries to give access to retail 
locations are capitalised within non-current assets. Key money 
is stated at historic cost less impairment losses. These assets 
are not depreciated as past experience has shown that the key 
money is fully recoverable on disposal of a retail location and 
there is deemed to have an indefinite useful economic life but 
will be impaired if evidence exists that the market value is less 
than the historic cost. Gains/losses on key money from the 
subsequent disposal of these retail locations are recognised in 
the Consolidated Income Statement. 

II.  Deposits

Money paid in certain countries as deposits to store landlords 
as protection against non-payment of rent, is capitalised within 
non-current assets. 

A provision for the impairment of these deposits is established 
when there is objective evidence that the landlord will not 
repay the deposit in full.

III. Legal fees

Legal fees and other costs associated with the acquisition of a 
leasehold interest are capitalised within non-current other 
assets and amortised over the life of the lease.  

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call 
deposits with an original maturity of three months or less. Bank 
overdrafts are included as a component of cash and cash 
equivalents for the purpose of the Consolidated Statement of 
Cash Flows, as these are used as an integral part of the 
Group’s cash management. 

Net cash consists of cash and cash equivalents together with 
other borrowings from bank loans and overdrafts, other loans, 
loan notes, finance leases and similar hire purchase contracts.

Interest-bearing borrowings are recognised initially at fair 
value less attributable transaction costs. Following the initial 
recognition, interest-bearing borrowings are stated at 
amortised cost with any difference between cost and 
redemption value being recognised in the Consolidated 
Income Statement over the period of the borrowings on an 
effective interest basis.

Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables are non-interest-bearing and are 
stated at their cost.   

Foreign currency translation

Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated 
into sterling at the exchange rate prevailing on the date of the 
transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in 
foreign currencies are translated into sterling at the rate of 
exchange at the reporting date. Exchange differences in 
monetary items are recognised in the Consolidated Income 
Statement. 

Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured in terms 
of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the 
exchange rate at the date of the transaction.

On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of the Group's 
overseas operations are translated into sterling at the rate of 
exchange at the reporting date. Income and expenses are 
translated at the average exchange rate for the accounting 
period. Foreign currency differences are recognised in Other 
Comprehensive Income and are presented in the foreign 
currency translation reserve.

Derivative financial instruments 

The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge its 
exposure to foreign exchange and interest rate risks arising 
from operational, financing and investment activities. In 
accordance with its treasury policy, the Group does not hold or 
issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. 
However, derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting 
are accounted for as trading instruments.

Derivative financial instruments are recognised initially at fair 
value and remeasured at each period end. The gain or loss on 
remeasurement to fair value is recognised immediately in the 
Consolidated Income Statement. However, where derivatives 
qualify for hedge accounting, recognition of any resultant gain 
or loss depends on the nature of the item being hedged.

Interest rate swaps are recognised at fair value in the 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position with movements 
in fair value recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement 
for the period. The fair value of interest rate swaps is the 
estimated amount that the Group would receive or pay to 
terminate the swap at the reporting date, taking into account 
current interest rates and the respective risk profiles of the 
swap counterparties.

72

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

73

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

1. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

Exceptional items

1. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

Pensions

Items that are, in aggregate, material in size and/ or unusual 
or infrequent in nature, are included within operating profit 
and disclosed separately as exceptional items in the 
Consolidated Income Statement. 

The separate reporting of exceptional items, which are 
presented as exceptional within the relevant category in the 
Consolidated Income Statement, helps provide an indication of 
the Group’s underlying business performance. The principal 
items which will be included as exceptional items are:

•  Loss/(profit) on the disposal of non-current assets

• Provision for rentals on onerous property leases

• Impairment of property, plant and equipment

• Impairment of non-current other assets

•  Impairment of goodwill, brand names and fascia names

• Impairment of available for sale investments

• Impairment of investment property

•  Profit/(loss) on disposal of subsidiary undertakings

• Negative goodwill 

•  Business restructuring and business closure related costs

• Dividends received from joint venture

•  (Gains)/losses arising on changes in ownership interest 

where control has been obtained

Financial income

Financial income comprises interest receivable on funds 
invested. Financial income is recognised in the Consolidated 
Income Statement on an effective interest method.

Financial expenses

Financial expenses comprise interest payable on interest-
bearing loans and borrowings. Financial expenses are 
recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement on an 
effective interest method.

Put options held by non-controlling interests

The Group recognises put options over non-controlling 
interests in its subsidiary undertakings as a liability in the 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at the present 
value of the estimated exercise price of the put option.  
Upon initial recognition, and for subsequent changes on 
remeasurement of the liability, a corresponding entry is made 
to other equity.

Hedging of monetary assets and liabilities

Where a derivative financial instrument is used to hedge the 
foreign exchange exposure of a recognised monetary asset or 
liability, no hedge accounting is applied and any gain or loss 
on the hedging instrument is recognised in the Consolidated 
Income Statement. 

Provisions

A provision is recognised in the Consolidated Statement of 
Financial Position when the Group has a present legal or 
constructive obligation as a result of a past event, it is more 
likely than not that an outflow of economic benefits will be 
required to settle the obligation and the obligation can be 
estimated reliably.

Within the onerous lease provision, management have 
provided against the minimum contractual lease cost less 
potential sublease income for vacant stores. For loss making 
trading stores, provision is made to the extent that the lease is 
deemed to be onerous. 

Within the onerous contracts provision, management make 
provisions where the expected benefits to be derived from a 
contract are lower than the unavoidable cost of meeting the 
obligations under that contract.

Revenue 

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration 
received or receivable and represents amounts receivable for 
goods and services provided in the normal course of business, 
net of discounts and sales related taxes.

In the case of goods sold through the retail stores and trading 
websites, revenue is recognised when goods are sold and the 
title has passed, less provision for returns. Accumulated 
experience is used to estimate and provide for such returns at 
the time of the sale. Retail sales are usually in cash, by debit 
card or by credit card. 

In the case of goods sold through the distribution businesses, 
revenue is recognised when goods are sold and the title has 
passed less a provision for credit notes. Distribution sales are 
either settled by cash received in advance of the goods being 
dispatched or made on agreed credit terms.

Income tax expense

Tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and 
deferred tax.

I. 

Current income tax

Current income tax expense is calculated using the tax rates 
which have been enacted or substantively enacted by the 
reporting date, adjusted for any tax paid in respect of 
prior years.

II.  Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences 
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for 
financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation 
purposes. The following temporary differences are 
not provided for:

• Goodwill not deductible for tax purposes 

•  The initial recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither 

accounting nor taxable profit

•  Differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent 
that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future

The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected 
realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and 
liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted by 
the reporting date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is 
probable that future taxable profits will be available against 
which the asset can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reduced 
to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax 
benefit will be realised.

Impairment

The carrying amounts of the Group’s assets other than 
inventories and deferred tax assets are reviewed annually to 
determine whether there is any indication of impairment. 
An impairment review is performed on individual 
cash-generating units ('CGUs'). A CGU for the purposes of 
property, plant and equipment impairment reviews is an 
individual store or a collection of stores where the cash flows 
are not independent. In respect of goodwill, the cash-
generating units used to monitor goodwill and test for 
impairment are the store portfolios and distribution companies. 
In respect of fascia names, the cash-generating units used to 
monitor the fascia name and test for impairment are the 
relevant store portfolios. In respect of brand licenses, the 
cash-generating units used to monitor the brand licenses and 
test for impairment are the relevant operating cash flows 
relating to these licenses. In respect of brand names, an 
estimation of future sales with a suitable royalty rate applied is 
used to test for impairment. If any such impairment exists then 
the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. Impairment losses 
are recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement. 
Impairment losses in respect of goodwill are not reversed.

The Group operates defined contribution pension schemes, the 
assets of which are held separately from those of the Group in 
independently administered funds. Obligations for contributions 
to the defined contribution schemes are recognised as an 
expense in the Consolidated Income Statement when incurred.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with 
adopted IFRSs requires management to make judgements, 
estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies 
and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and 
expenses. The estimates and associated assumptions are based 
on historical experience and various other factors that are 
believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results 
of which form the basis of making the judgements about 
carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily 
apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from 
these estimates. The judgements, estimates and assumptions 
which have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment 
to the carrying amount of assets and liabilities are 
discussed below: 

I. 

Impairment of goodwill 

Goodwill arising on acquisition is allocated to the 
cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the 
synergies of the business combination from which goodwill 
arose.  In the case of retail acquisitions, goodwill is allocated to 
groups of cash-generating units, being portfolios of stores, 
whereas for acquisition of distribution businesses, goodwill is 
allocated to the individual distribution company acquired.  
The cash-generating units used to monitor goodwill and test it 
for impairment are therefore the store portfolios and 
distribution companies. 

The recoverable amount is the higher of the value in use and 
the fair value less the costs to sell. The recoverable amounts of 
these cash-generating units are determined based on value-in-
use calculations.  The use of this method requires the estimation 
of future cash flows expected to arise from the continuing 
operation of the cash-generating unit and the choice of a 
suitable discount rate in order to calculate the present value.  
See note 13 for further disclosure on impairment of goodwill 
and review of the key assumptions used.          

II. 

 Impairment of property, plant and equipment 
and non-current other assets

Property, plant and equipment and non-current other assets are 
reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or a cash-
generating unit is not recoverable. The recoverable amount is 
the greater of the fair value less costs to sell and value-in-use. 
Impairment losses recognised in prior periods are assessed at 
each reporting period date for any indications that the loss has 
decreased or no longer exists. An impairment loss is reversed if 
there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the 
recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the 
extent that the assets carrying amount does not exceed the 
carrying amount that would be held (net of depreciation) 
if no impairment had been realised. 

74

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

75

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

This would include sublet premises becoming vacant, the 
liquidation of an assignee resulting in a property reverting to 
the Group or closing an uneconomic store and subletting at 
below contracted rent.

VII.  Onerous contract provisions

The Group makes a provision for specific onerous contracts 
where there is a shortfall between the anticipated revenues and 
costs pertaining to those contracts. Significant assumptions and 
judgements are used in making these estimates, and changes 
in assumptions and future events could cause the value of these 
provisions to change.

VIII.  Value of put options held by  
non-controlling interest

The Group recognises put options over non-controlling interests 
in its subsidiary undertakings as a liability in the Consolidated 
Statement of Financial Position at the present value of the 
estimated exercise price of the put option. The present value of 
the non-controlling interests' put options are estimated based 
on expected earnings in Board-approved forecasts and the 
choice of a suitable discount rate. Upon initial recognition, and 
for subsequent changes on remeasurement of the liability, a 
corresponding entry is made to other equity.

IX. 

 Estimation of useful economic lives of brand names

The Group amortises brand names over their useful economic 
life. In determining the useful economic life of each brand 
name, the Board considers the market position of the brands 
acquired, the nature of the market that the brands operate in, 
typical product life cycles of brands and the useful economic 
lives of similar assets that are used in comparable ways.

X. 

 Determination of fair value of assets and 
liabilities on acquisition

For each acquisition, the Group reviews the appropriateness 
of the book values of the assets and liabilities acquired, taking 
into account the application of Group accounting policies, to 
determine if fair value adjustments are required.  The key 
judgements involved are the identification and valuation of 
intangible assets which require the estimation of future cash 
flows based on the Board's strategic plans for the intangible 
asset, the useful economic life of the intangible asset and the 
selection of a suitable discount rate. 

1. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

Critical accounting estimates and 
judgements (continued)

III. 

 Impairment of other intangible assets with 
definite lives

The Group is required to test whether other intangible assets 
with a definite useful economic life have suffered any 
impairment. The recoverable amount of brand names is based 
on an estimation of future sales and the choice of a suitable 
royalty and discount rate in order to calculate the present value, 
when this method is deemed the most appropriate. 
Alternatively the carrying value of the brand names has been 
allocated to a cash-generating unit, along with the relevant 
goodwill and fascia names, and tested in the value-in-use 
calculation performed for that cash generating unit. The 
recoverable amount of brand licences is determined based on 
value-in-use calculations. The use of this method requires the 
estimation of future cash flows expected to arise from the 
continuing operation of the cash-generating unit until the 
license expiry date and the choice of a suitable discount rate in 
order to calculate the present value. Note 13 provides further 
disclosure on impairment of other intangible assets with definite 
lives, including review of the key assumptions used.

IV.    Impairment of other intangible assets with 

indefinite lives

The Group is required to test whether other intangible assets 
with an indefinite useful economic life have suffered any 
impairment. The recoverable amount of these assets is 
determined based on value-in-use calculations. The use of this 
method requires the estimation of future cash flows expected to 
arise from the continuing operation of the cash-generating unit 
and the choice of a suitable discount rate in order to calculate 
the present value. Note 13 provides further detail of the 
judgements made by the Board in determining that the lives of 
acquired fascia names are indefinite and further disclosure on 
impairment of other intangible assets with indefinite lives, 
including review of the key assumptions used. 

V. 

 Provisions to write inventories down to net 
realisable value

The Group makes provisions for obsolescence, mark downs 
and shrinkage based on historical experiences and 
management estimates of future events. 

VI.  Onerous property lease provisions

The Group makes a provision for onerous property leases on 
specific stores based on the anticipated future cash outflows 
relating to the contractual lease cost less potential sublease 
income. The estimation of sublease income is based on 
historical experience and knowledge of the retail property 
market in the area around each specific property. Significant 
assumptions and judgements are used in making these 
estimates  and changes in assumptions and future events could 
cause the value of these provisions to change.

2. SEGMENTAL ANALYSIS
IFRS 8 'Operating Segments' requires the Group's segments to 
be identified on the basis of internal reports about components 
of the Group that are regularly reviewed by the Chief 
Operating Decision Maker to allocate resources to the 
segments and to assess their performance. The Chief 
Operating Decision Maker is considered to be the Executive 
Chairman of JD Sports Fashion Plc. 

Information reported to the Chief Operating Decision Maker is 
focused on the nature of the businesses within the Group. 
A new reportable segment was created in the prior year on 
acquisition of the Blacks business which signalled an entry into 
the outdoor retail segment for the Group. The Group’s 
reportable segments under IFRS 8 are therefore as follows: 

•  Sport retail – includes the results of the sport retail trading 

companies JD Sports Fashion Plc, John David Sports Fashion 
(Ireland) Limited, Spodis SA, Champion Sports Ireland, JD 
Sprinter Holdings 2010 SL and Duffer of St George Limited 

•  Fashion retail – includes the results of the fashion retail 

trading companies Bank Fashion Limited, R.D. Scott Limited, 
Premium Fashion Limited and Tessuti Group Limited 
(including subsidiary companies)

•  Outdoor retail – includes the results of the outdoor retail 

trading company Blacks Outdoor Retail Limited 

•  Distribution businesses – includes the results of the 

distribution companies Topgrade Sportswear Limited, 
Nicholas Deakins Limited, Kooga Rugby Limited, Nanny 
State Limited, Focus Brands Limited, Kukri Sports Limited 
(including global subsidiary companies) and Source Lab 
Limited. Canterbury Limited (including global subsidiary 
companies) was also included until the point of disposal 
(see note 12) 

The Chief Operating Decision Maker receives and reviews 
segmental operating profit. Certain central administrative costs 
including Group Directors' salaries are included within the 
Group’s core ‘Sport retail’ result. This is consistent with the 
results as reported to the Chief Operating Decision Maker.

IFRS 8 requires disclosure of information regarding revenue 
from major products and customers. The majority of the 
Group's revenue is derived from the retail of a wide range of 
apparel, footwear and accessories to the general public. 
As such, the disclosure of revenues from major customers is not 
appropriate. Disclosure of revenue from major product groups 
is not provided at this time due to the cost involved to develop 
a reliable product split on a same category basis across all 
companies in the Group.

Intersegment transactions are undertaken in the ordinary 
course of business on arms length terms. 

The Board consider that certain items are cross divisional in 
nature and cannot be allocated between the segments on a 
meaningful basis. The share of results of joint venture was 
presented as unallocated in the following tables, as this entity 
had trading relationships with companies in all of the Group’s 
segments. In the prior year, the exceptional credits pertaining to 
the dividend received from joint venture (£2,691,000) and 
gain on disposal of joint venture (£871,000) (see note 17) 
are included within the unallocated segment. Net funding costs 
and taxation are treated as unallocated reflecting the nature of 
the Group’s syndicated borrowing facilities and its tax group. 
A deferred tax liability of £3,852,000 (2012: restated liability 
of £723,000) and an income tax liability of £8,817,000 
(2012: £8,861,000) are included within the unallocated segment.

Each segment is shown net of intercompany transactions 
and balances within that segment. The eliminations remove 
intercompany transactions and balances between different 
segments which primarily relate to the net down of long term 
loans and short term working capital funding provided by 
JD Sports Fashion Plc (within Sport retail) to other companies 
in the Group, and intercompany trading between companies 
in different segments.

  
  
76

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

77

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

2. SEGMENTAL ANALYSIS (CONTINUED)

Business segments 

Information regarding the Group’s reportable operating segments for the 53 weeks to 2 February 2013 is shown below: 

Income statement

Gross revenue 

Intersegment revenue 

Revenue 

Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items  

Exceptional items 

Operating profit/(loss) 

Financial income 

Financial expenses 

Profit before tax 

Income tax expense 

Profit for the period 

 Sport retail 
£000 
 854,282 

 Fashion retail  
£000 
 160,442 

 Outdoor retail 
£000 
 121,006 

 Distribution 
£000 
 130,342 

 Total 
 £000 
 1,266,072 

(287)

 -   

(6,893)

(7,180)

 853,995 

 160,442 

 121,006 

 123,449 

 1,258,892 

 77,791 

(1,662)

 76,129 

(2,004)

(3,314)

(5,318)

(14,906)

(608)

(15,514)

 442 

 236 

 678 

 61,323 

(5,348)

 55,975 

 645 

(1,503)

 55,117 

(13,875)

 41,242 

Total assets and liabilities
Total assets 
Total liabilities 
Total segment net assets/(liabilities) 

 Sport retail  
£000 
 432,190 
(161,092)
 271,098 

 Fashion retail  
£000 
 70,725 
(67,769)
 2,956 

 Outdoor retail  
£000 
 50,112 
(64,157)
(14,045)

 Distribution  
£000 
 48,947 
(44,530)
 4,417 

 Unallocated  
£000 
 -   
(12,669)
(12,669)

 Eliminations  
£000 
(99,467)
 99,467 
 -   

 Total 
£000 
 502,507 
(250,750)
 251,757 

2. SEGMENTAL ANALYSIS (CONTINUED)

Business segments (continued)

Other segment information
Capital expenditure: 
Brand names purchased 
Property, plant and equipment 
Non-current other assets 
Depreciation, amortisation and impairments: 
Depreciation and amortisation of non-current assets 
Impairment of intangible assets 
Impairment of non-current assets 

 Sport retail 
£000 

 Fashion retail 
£000 

 Outdoor retail 
£000 

 Distribution  
£000 

 Total  
£000 

 5,540 
 30,692 
 5,350 

 23,850 
 - 
 803 

 - 
 3,015 
 - 

 4,018 
 2,315 
 62 

 - 
 3,440 
 - 

 1,183 
 - 
 - 

 - 
 1,031 
 - 

 1,277 
 - 
 40 

 5,540 
 38,178 
 5,350 

 30,328 
 2,315 
 905 

The comparative segmental results for the 52 weeks to 28 January 2012 are as follows:

Income statement
Gross revenue 
Intersegment revenue 
Revenue 
Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items  
Exceptional items 
Operating profit/(loss) 
Share of results of joint venture  
Financial income 
Financial expenses 
Profit before tax 
Income tax expense 
Profit for the period 

 Sport retail  
£000 
 774,991 
(380)
 774,611 
 74,301 
(4,654)
 69,647 

 Fashion retail  
£000 
 151,642 
 -   
 151,642 
 3,303 
(1,538)
 1,765 

 Outdoor retail  
£000 
 5,876 

 5,876 
(2,199)
(3,500)
(5,699)

 Distribution  
£000 
 135,117 
(7,723)
 127,394 
 1,056 
(3,555)
(2,499)

 Unallocated  
£000 
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 3,562 
 3,562 

 Total 
 £000 
 1,067,626 
(8,103)
 1,059,523 
 76,461 
(9,685)
 66,776 
 1,068 
 646 
(1,048)
 67,442 
(18,093)
 49,349 

  
 
78

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

79

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

2. SEGMENTAL ANALYSIS (CONTINUED)

Business segments (continued)

Total assets and liabilities 
(restated - see note 1)
Total assets 
Total liabilities 
Total segment net assets/(liabilities) 

Other segment information
Capital expenditure: 
Brand names purchased 
Property, plant and equipment 
Non-current other assets 
Depreciation, amortisation and impairments: 
Depreciation and amortisation of non-current assets 
Impairment of intangible assets 
Impairment of non-current assets 

Geographical information

 Sport retail 
£000 
 407,807 
(169,320)
 238,487 

Fashion retail 
£000 
 60,587 
(53,852)
 6,735 

 Outdoor retail 
£000 
 38,713 
(42,526)
(3,813)

 Distribution 
£000 
 68,485 
(71,222)
(2,737)

 Unallocated 
£000 
 -   
(9,584)
(9,584)

 Eliminations  
£000 
(88,004)
 88,004 
 -   

 Total  
£000 
 487,588 
(258,500)
 229,088 

 Sport retail  
£000 

 Fashion retail 
£000 

 Outdoor retail  
£000 

 Distribution  
£000 

 Total  
£000

 1,500 
 37,656 
 1,903 

 18,990 
 - 
 202 

 - 
 4,090 
 - 

 3,618 
 838 
 1,282 

 - 
 - 
 - 

 - 
 - 
 - 

 211 
 2,100 
 - 

 1,745 
 1,877 
 102 

 1,711 
 43,846 
 1,903 

 24,353 
 2,715 
 1,586 

The Group's operations are located in the UK, Republic of Ireland, France, Spain, Australia, New Zealand, Canada, Dubai, 
Singapore and Hong Kong. The following table provides analysis of the Group's revenue by geographical market, irrespective of 
the origin of the goods/services: 

 3. PROFIT BEFORE TAX

 Profit before tax is stated after charging: 
 Auditor’s remuneration: 

 Audit of these financial statements   
 Amounts receivable by the Company's auditor and its associates in respect of:  
Audit of financial statements of subsidiaries of the Company  
Audit-related assurance services  
Taxation compliance services  
Other tax advisory services  
All other services  
Depreciation and amortisation of non-current assets: 

 Depreciation of property, plant and equipment  
 Depreciation of investment property - owned  
 Amortisation of intangible assets  
 Amortisation of non-current other assets - owned  

 Impairments of non-current assets: 

 Property, plant and equipment  
 Intangible assets (see note 13)  
 Other non-current assets  

 Rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases for: 

 Land and buildings  
 Other - plant and equipment  

 Profit before tax is stated after crediting: 
 Rents receivable and other income from property  
 Sundry income    
 Foreign exchange gain recognised  

53 weeks to
2 February
2013
£000

52 weeks to 
                  28 January 
 2012 
£000

 123  

453  
42  
23  
67 
60 

  26,993 
  -  
  2,798  
  537  

 714  
 2,315  
  191    

117,404  
  2,760  

 945  
1,482 
 2,633  

 120 

 393 
 45 
 20 
140
 55 

 21,427 
 3 
 2,451 
 472 

 1,597 
2,715  
(11)

92,586   
 2,243 

 578 
 1,952
 1,438

Revenue

UK 
Europe 
Rest of world 

53 weeks to 
2 February 2013 
£000 
 1,029,801 
 197,596 
 31,495 
 1,258,892  

52 weeks to 
28 January 2012 
£000  
 863,771 
 157,668 
 38,084 
 1,059,523  

In addition, fees of £46,000 (2012: £35,000) were incurred and paid by Pentland Group Plc (see note 35) in relation to the 
non-coterminous audit of the Group for the purpose of inclusion in their consolidated financial statements. 

Non-current other assets comprise key money, store deposits and legal fees associated with the acquisition of leasehold interests 
(see note 16).

The revenue from any individual country, with the exception of the UK, is not more than 10% of the Group's total revenue.

The following is an analysis of the carrying amount of segmental non-current assets, excluding the deferred tax assets of £nil 
(2012: £nil) by the geographical area in which the assets are located:

Non-current assets 

UK 
Europe 
Rest of world 

2013  
£000 
 190,590 
 54,961 
 142 
 245,693 

2012 (restated  
- see note 1) 
£000 
 173,973 
 58,641 
 560 
 233,174 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

4. EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS

5. REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS

Loss on disposal of non-current assets (1) 
Impairment of non-current assets (2) 
Onerous lease provision (3) 
Reorganisation of the warehouse operations (4) 
Canterbury restructuring (5) 
Blacks restructuring (6) 
Selling and distribution expenses - exceptional  
Profit on disposal of Canterbury (7) 
Gain on acquisition (8) 
Dividend received from joint venture (9) 
Impairment of goodwill, brand names and fascia names (10) 
Administrative expenses - exceptional 

Note

 25 

 17 
 17 

53 weeks to  
2 February 
2013 
£000
 212 
 905 
 1,332 
 133 
 219 
 923 
 3,724 
(691)
 - 
 -   
 2,315 
 1,624 
 5,348 

52 weeks to  
28 January 
2012 
£000
 1,148 
 1,586 
(214)
 3,000 
 1,512
 3,500 
 10,532 
 -   
(871)
(2,691)
 2,715 
(847)
 9,685 

(1)    Relates to the excess of net book value of property, plant and equipment and non-current other assets disposed over 

proceeds received

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

 Relates to property, plant and equipment and non-current other assets in cash-generating units which are loss making, 
where it is considered that this position cannot be recovered

 Relates to the net movement in the provision for onerous property leases on trading and non-trading stores 
(see note 25)

 Relates to the reorganisation of the warehouse operations consisting of the provision of onerous property leases, 
redundancy costs and dilapidations at the vacated premises

 Relates to the restructuring and closure of the Canterbury North America LLC and Canterbury European Fashionwear 
operations following the decision to wind down the separate businesses

(6)  Relates to the restructuring of the Blacks business following acquisition for relocation of warehouse operations 

(7)  Profit on the disposal of Canterbury Limited and its subsidiaries (see note 12)

(8)  Relates to the remeasurement in fair value of the Group's previously held investment in Focus Brands Limited 

(9) 

 The dividend of £7,217,000 was received from Focus Brands Limited on 15 February 2011 prior to the Group's acquisition 
of a further 31% of the issued share capital of Focus Brands Limited. The dividend received was eliminated against the 
carrying value of the Group's equity accounted investment with the excess of £2,691,000 recognised in the Consolidated 
Income Statement as an exceptional credit

(10)  Relates to the impairment in the period to 2 February 2013 of the goodwill arising on the acquisition of Pink Soda Limited 
(formerly Bank Stores Holdings Limited) and the impairment in the period to 28 January 2012 of the goodwill and brand 
name arising on the acquisition of Kooga Rugby Limited and the fascia name arising on the acquisition of 
Premium Fashion Limited (see note 13)

These selling and distribution expenses and administrative expenses are exceptional items as they are, in aggregate, material in 
size and/or unusual or infrequent in nature.

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

81

53 weeks to  
2 February 
2013 
£000

 102 
 3,056 
 53 
 3,211 

52 weeks to  
28 January 
2012 
£000

 99 
 3,462 
 49 
 3,610 

Directors' emoluments: 
As Non-Executive Directors 
As Executive Directors 
Pension contributions 

The remuneration of the Executive Directors includes provision for future retention payments totalling £900,000 (2012: £900,000) 
and provision for future LTIP payments of £417,000 (2012: £417,000). Further information on Directors’ emoluments is shown in 
the Directors' Remuneration Report on page 59.

6. STAFF NUMBERS AND COSTS

GROUP

The average number of persons employed by the Group (including Directors) during the period, analysed by category, was as follows:

GROUP
Sales and distribution 
Administration 

Full time equivalents 

The aggregate payroll costs of these persons were as follows:

GROUP
Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Other pension costs (see note 30) 

2013 
 15,885 
 778 
 16,663 
 10,430 

53 weeks to 
2 February 
2013 
£000
 188,826 
 18,607 
 1,269 
 208,702 

2012 
 16,791 
 591 
 17,382 
 9,021 

52 weeks to 
28 January 
2012 
£000 
 155,369 
 14,018 
 1,416 
 170,803 

In the opinion of the Board, the key management as defined under revised IAS 24 'Related Party Disclosures' are the six Executive 
and Non-Executive Directors (2012: six). Full disclosure of the Directors' remuneration is given in the Directors' Remuneration 
Report on page 59.

 
82

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

83

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

6. STAFF NUMBERS AND COSTS (CONTINUED)

COMPANY

The average number of persons employed by the Company (including Directors) during the period, analysed by category, was as follows:

COMPANY 
Sales and distribution 
Administration 

Full time equivalents 

The aggregate payroll costs of these persons were as follows:

COMPANY
Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Other pension costs 

2013
 8,438 
 293 
 8,731 
 5,229 

53 weeks to 
2 February 
2013 
£000
 91,927 
 6,038 
 517 
 98,482 

2012
 8,412 
 258 
 8,670 
 5,114 

52 weeks to 
28 January 
2012 
£000 
 91,548 
 6,289 
 485 
 98,322 

7. FINANCIAL INCOME  

Bank interest 
Other interest 

8. FINANCIAL EXPENSES

On bank loans and overdrafts 
Interest on obligations under finance leases 
Other interest 

9. INCOME TAX EXPENSE

Current tax 
UK corporation tax at 24.3% (2012: 26.3%) 
Adjustment relating to prior periods 
Total current tax charge 
Deferred tax 
Deferred tax (origination and reversal of temporary differences) 
Adjustment relating to prior periods 
Total deferred tax charge /(credit) (see note 26) 
Income tax expense 

53 weeks to 
2 February 
2013 
£000
 620 
 25 
 645 

53 weeks to 
2 February 
2013 
£000
 1,367 
 19 
 117 
 1,503 

52 weeks to 
28 January 
2012 
£000 
 572 
 74 
 646 

52 weeks to 
28 January 
2012 
£000 
 905 
 129 
 14 
 1,048

53 weeks to 
2 February 
2013 
£000

52 weeks to 
28 January 
 2012 
£000 

 13,311 
 163 
 13,474 

 1,410 
(1,009)
401
 13,875 

 19,204 
 609 
 19,813 

(1,825)
 105 
(1,720)
 18,093 

 
84

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

85

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

9. INCOME TAX EXPENSE (CONTINUED)

Reconciliation of income tax expense

Profit before tax multiplied by the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 24.3% (2012: 26.3%)
Effects of:

Expenses not deductible 
 Depreciation and impairment of non-qualifying non-current assets 
(including brand names arising on consolidation)
Non taxable income
Loss on disposal of non-qualifying non-current assets
Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions
Profit from joint venture - after tax result included
Non-qualifying impairment of goodwill on consolidation
Recognition of previously unrecognised tax losses
Reduction in tax rate
Change in unrecognised temporary differences
(Over)/under provided in prior periods

Income tax expense

10. EARNINGS PER ORDINARY SHARE

Basic and diluted earnings per ordinary share

53 weeks to 
2 February 
2013 
£000
  13,393  

52 weeks to 
28 January 
2012 
£000
 17,737 

  172  

 784 
(323)
(45)
 233 
 -   
 605 
(146)
 83 
(35)
(846)
 13,875 

 288 

 1,175 
 -   
 154 
 182 
(281)
 549 
(3,283)
(5)
 863 
 714 
 18,093 

The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per ordinary share at 2 February 2013 is based on the profit for the period 
attributable to equity holders of the parent of £38,786,000 (2012: £46,847,000) and a weighted average number of ordinary 
shares outstanding during the 53 weeks ended 2 February 2013 of 48,661,658 (2012: 48,661,658).

Issued ordinary shares at beginning and end of period 

53 weeks to  
2 February 
2013 
 48,661,658 

52 weeks to 
28 January 
2012 
 48,661,658 

Adjusted basic and diluted earnings per ordinary share

Adjusted basic and diluted earnings per ordinary share have been based on the profit for the period attributable to equity holders 
of the parent for each financial period but excluding the post-tax effect of certain exceptional items. The Directors consider that this 
gives a more meaningful measure of the underlying performance of the Group.

Profit for the period attributable to equity holders of the parent 

Exceptional items excluding loss on disposal of non-current assets 

Tax relating to exceptional items 

Share of exceptional items of joint venture (net of income tax) 

Profit for the period attributable to equity holders of the parent excluding exceptional items 

Adjusted basic and diluted earnings per ordinary share 

Note

 4 

 17 

53 weeks to  
2 February 
2013 
£000

 38,786 

 5,136 

(850)

 -   

 43,072 

88.51p

52 weeks to 
28 January 
2012 
£000

 46,847 

 8,537 

(2,689)

(1,170)

 51,525 

 105.89p 

11. ACQUISITIONS

Current period acquisitions

Originals

On 14 March 2012, the Group acquired, via its subsidiary R.D. Scott Limited, the trade and assets of seven stores trading as 
Originals and the head office along with the Originals name and inventory from the Administrators of Retailchic Limited for a total 
cash consideration of £100,000. Subsequent to the period end, the trade and assets of the Originals stores have been transferred 
to Tessuti Limited, another subsidiary of the Group.

Included in the 53 week period to 2 February 2013 is revenue of £1,793,000 and a loss before tax of £302,000 in 
respect of Originals.

Acquisition of Source Lab Limited

On 9 May 2012, the Group acquired 85% of the issued share capital of Source Lab Limited for a cash consideration of 
£2,550,000. Source Lab Limited, which was established in 2005, design, source and distribute football related apparel under 
license from some of the biggest clubs in Europe including Manchester United, Chelsea, Arsenal and Barcelona.  

The provisional goodwill calculation is summarised below:

Acquiree’s net assets at the acquisition date:

Property, plant and equipment

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Trade and other payables

Deferred tax liabilities

Net identifiable assets

Non-controlling interest (15%)

Goodwill on acquisition

Consideration paid - satisfied in cash

Book value 
£000

Measurement 
adjustments 
£000   

Provisional fair 
value at 
2 February 
2013 
 £000 

 9 

 23 

 1,370 

 162 

(170)

(839)

 -   

 555 

(83)

 -   

 229 

(68)

 -   

 -   

(222)

(1)

(62)

 9 

 9 

 252 

 1,302 

 162 

(170)

(1,061)

(1)

493                   

(74)

 2,131 

 2,550 

The fair value of trade and other receivables is £1,302,000 and includes trade receivables with a fair value of £1,274,000. 
The gross contractual amount for trade receivables is £1,274,000, of which £nil is expected to be uncollectable.

The Board believes that the excess of consideration paid over net identifiable assets is best considered as goodwill on acquisition 
representing employee expertise and anticipated future operating synergies.

The goodwill calculation is provisional at 2 February 2013 to allow further measurement adjustments to be made if necessary, 
during the remaining measurement period to reflect any new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed at 
the acquisition date that would have affected the measurement of the amounts recognised as of that date. The goodwill arises on 
consolidation and is therefore not tax deductible.

Included in the 53 week period to 2 February 2013 is revenue of £5,161,000 and a profit before tax of £480,000 in respect of 
Source Lab Limited. Included within revenue is £229,000 of revenue to other Group companies which has therefore been 
eliminated on consolidation.   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
86

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

87

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

11. ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)

Acquisition of Tessuti Group Limited

On 18 May 2012, the Group, via its new 60% owned subsidiary Tessuti Group Limited, acquired the trading businesses that make 
up the Tessuti group for a total consideration of £4,819,000. On acquisition, Tessuti group operated four premium fashion retail 
stores in the North West of England, along with two trading websites.

The provisional goodwill calculation is summarised below:

Acquiree's net assets at the acquisition date:
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Trade and other payables
Deferred tax liabilities
Net identifiable assets
Non-controlling interest 
Goodwill on acquisition
Consideration paid - satisfied in cash
Deferred consideration - non-controlling interest loan notes
Consideration paid - satisfied in shares 
Total consideration

Book value 
£000

Measurement 
adjustments 
£000

Provisional fair 
value at 
2 February 
2013 
£000

 -   
 1,898 
 660 
 303 
 1,044 
(508)
(736)
(100)
 2,561 
 783 

 852 
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
(213)
 639 
(256)

 852 
 1,898 
 660 
 303 
 1,044 
(508)
(736)
(313)
 3,200 
 527 
 1,092 
 3,225 
 1,570 
 24 
 4,819 

The Group’s non-controlling interest arising on acquisition of £527,000 includes indirect ownership within the 
Tessuti Group of companies.

The fair value of trade and other receivables is £303,000 and includes trade receivables with a fair value of £26,000. 
The gross contractual amount for trade receivables is £26,000, of which £nil is expected to be uncollectable.

The intangible asset acquired represents the fair value of the ‘Tessuti’ fascia name. It is the intention of the Group to trade under 
the Tessuti fascia for the foreseeable future. The Board believes that the excess of consideration paid over net identifiable assets is 
best considered as goodwill on acquisition, representing employee expertise and anticipated future operating synergies.

The goodwill calculation is provisional at 2 February 2013 to allow further measurement adjustments to be made if necessary, 
during the remaining measurement period to reflect any new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed at 
the acquisition date that would have affected the measurement of the amounts recognised as of that date. The goodwill arises on 
consolidation and is therefore not tax deductible.

Included in the 53 week period to 2 February 2013 is revenue of £4,821,000 and a profit before tax of £163,000 in respect of 
Tessuti Group Limited.

Full year impact of acquisitions

Had the acquisitions of Originals, Source Lab Limited and Tessuti Group Limited been effected at 29 January 2012, the revenue 
and profit before tax of the Group for the 53 week period to 2 February 2013 would have been £1,262,598,000 and 
£55,093,000 respectively. 

Acquisition costs

Acquisition-related costs amounting to £155,000 (Originals: £13,000; Source Lab Limited: £66,000; and Tessuti Group Limited: 
£76,000) have been excluded from the consideration transferred and have been recognised as an expense in the year, within 
administrative expenses in the Consolidated Income Statement.

11. ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED) 

Prior period acquisitions

Acquisition of Kukri Sports Limited

On 7 February 2011, the Group acquired 80% of the issued 
share capital of Kukri Sports Limited for a cash consideration of 
£1. Kukri Sports Limited has a number of subsidiaries around 
the world, which source and provide bespoke sports teamwear 
to schools, universities and sports clubs. In addition, Kukri 
Sports Limited is sole kit supplier to a number of professional 
sports teams and international associations.

No measurement adjustments have been made to the fair 
values in the 53 week period to 2 February 2013.

Acquisition of additional shares in 
Focus Brands Limited

On 16 February 2011, the Group acquired a further 31% of 
the issued share capital of Focus Brands Limited for a cash 
consideration of £1,000,000, with potential further deferred 
consideration of £250,000 depending on performance. 
The Group’s original share of 49% was acquired on 3 
December 2007. Focus Brands Limited was originally 
incorporated in order to acquire Focus Group Holdings Limited 
and its subsidiary companies and was an entity jointly 
controlled by the Group and the former shareholders of Focus 
Group Holdings Limited. The additional shares purchased take 
the Group’s holding in Focus Brands Limited to 80%, thereby 
giving the Group control. Focus Brands Limited is now a 
subsidiary of the Group rather than a jointly-controlled entity. 
The increase in Group ownership has resulted in a gain of 
£871,000 being recognised as an exceptional credit in the 
Consolidated Income Statement upon remeasurement of the 
Group’s previously held equity interest to fair value. 

No measurement adjustments have been made to the fair 
values in the 53 week period to 2 February 2013.

Acquisition of Champion Sports (Holdings)

On 4 April 2011, the Group (via its subsidiaries The John 
David Group Limited and JD Sports Limited) acquired 100% of 
the issued share capital of Champion Sports (Holdings) for a 
cash consideration of £6 (€7) and have also advanced 
£15,066,000 (€17,100,000) to allow it to settle all of its 
indebtedness save for a potential maximum £2,203,000 
(€2,500,000) of leasing finance.  

Champion was founded in 1992 and is one of the leading 
retailers of sports apparel and footwear in the Republic of 
Ireland. On acquisition, Champion had 22 stores in premium 
locations in the Republic of Ireland and one store in Northern 
Ireland. In the period since acquisition two stores in the 
Republic of Ireland and the store in Northern Ireland have 
been closed with a further 3 stores in the Republic of Ireland 
transferred to John David Sports Fashion (Ireland) Limited.

No measurement adjustments have been made to the fair 
values in the 53 week period to 2 February 2013.

Acquisition of JD Sprinter Holdings 2010 SL

On 17 June 2011, the Group, via its new 50.1% owned 
subsidiary JD Sprinter Holdings 2010 SL (‘JD Sprinter’), 
acquired 100% of the trading businesses that make up the 
Sprinter group of companies in Spain. The remaining 49.9% of 
the shares in JD Sprinter are owned equally between the 
Segarra family, who founded Sprinter, and the Bernad family, 
who have been investors in Sprinter for 15 years. JD have 
made an investment of £17,536,000 (€20,000,000) into JD 
Sprinter by way of subscription for its new shares and the 
Segarra and Bernad families have put the Sprinter companies 
into JD Sprinter as consideration for their new shares.

Sprinter was founded in 1981 and is one of the 
leading sports retailers in Spain selling footwear, apparel, 
accessories and equipment for a wide range of sports as well 
as some lifestyle casual wear including childrenswear. This offer 
includes both international sports brands and successful own 
brands. Sprinter is based in Elche in South East Spain and on 
acquisition had 47 stores primarily based in Andalucia 
and Levante.

During the 12 month period since acquisition, certain 
measurement adjustments have been made to the fair 
values of the net assets of JD Sprinter Holdings 2010 SL 
as at the acquisition date in accordance with IFRS 3 
‘Business Combinations’. 

88

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

89

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

11. ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)

Acquisition of JD Sprinter Holdings 2010 SL (continued)

The goodwill calculation is summarised below:

Acquiree's net assets at the acquisition date:
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Non-current other assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Deferred tax asset/ (liabilities)
Net identifiable assets
Non-controlling interest (49.9%)
Goodwill on acquisition
Consideration paid - satisfied in cash
Consideration paid - share of cash invested in JD Sprinter
Total consideration

The total non-controlling interest arising on the acquisition of JD Sprinter comprises:
Non-controlling interest in net identifiable assets of Sprinter trading companies
Non-controlling interest in net identifiable assets of JD Sprinter company
Total non-controlling interest 

Provisional fair 
value at 
28 January 
2012 
£000 

Measurement 
adjustments 
£000 

Fair value at 
2 February 
2013 
£000  

 5,058 
 9,053 
 1,035 
 15,426 
 383 
 1,832 
(3,326)
(19,957)
(355)
(1,329)
 7,820 
(3,902)
 6,590 
 3,508 
 7,000 
 10,508 

 3,902 
 7,000 
 10,902 

 -   
(609)
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 289 
(320)
 160 
 160 
 -   
 -   
 -   

(160)
 - 
(160)

 5,058 
 8,444 
 1,035 
 15,426 
 383 
 1,832 
(3,326)
(19,957)
(355)
(1,040)
 7,500 
(3,742)
 6,750 
 3,508 
 7,000 
 10,508 

 3,742 
 7,000 
 10,742

11. ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)

Blacks Outdoor Retail Limited

On 9 January 2012, the Group acquired, via its subsidiary Blacks Outdoor Retail Limited, the trade and assets of Blacks Leisure 
Group Plc and certain of its subsidiaries from its Administrators for a total cash consideration of £20,000,000. 

Blacks is a long established retailer of specialist outdoor footwear, apparel and equipment and has two fascias (Blacks and Millets) 
and was trading from 296 stores at the point of its administration. Since acquisition, 123 loss making stores have been closed. In 
addition to selling third party brands such as North Face and Berghaus, Blacks has two strong own brands in Eurohike and Peter Storm.

During the 12 month period since acquisition, certain measurement adjustments have been made to the fair values of the net 
assets of Blacks Outdoor Retail Limited as at the acquisition date in accordance with IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’. 

The goodwill calculation is summarised below:

Acquiree’s net assets at acquisition date: 
Intangible Assets 
Non-current other assets  
Property, plant and equipment 
Inventories 
Cash and cash equivalents  
Trade and other receivables 
Trade and other payables 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Net identifiable assets 
Goodwill on acquisition 
Consideration paid - satisfied in cash 

Provisional fair 
value at 
28 January 
2012 
£000 

 Measurement 
adjustments 
£000 

Fair value at 
2 February 
2013 
£000 

 11,500 
 1,650 
 3,000 
 6,692 
 60 
 5,349 
(13,022)
(413)
 14,816 
 5,184 
 20,000 

 -   
 -   
 -   
 2,888 
 -   
 -   
(204)
 -   
 2,684 
(2,684)
 -   

 11,500 
 1,650 
 3,000 
 9,580 
 60 
 5,349 
(13,226)
(413)
 17,500 
 2,500 
 20,000

90

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

91

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

12. DISPOSALS

Current year disposals

12. DISPOSALS (CONTINUED)

Prior year disposals

Disposal of 100% of the issued ordinary share capital of Canterbury Limited (and it's subsidiary undertakings)

Disposal of 15% of issued ordinary share capital of Premium Fashion Limited

On 13 September 2012 the Group disposed of its 100% shareholding in Canterbury Limited to Pentland Group Plc for a total 
cash payment of £22,698,521 and acquired the ONETrueSaxon Brand. The total cash payment received comprised £1 for the 
entire share capital of Canterbury Limited and £22,698,520 which repaid the total intercompany receivable balance owing to 
the Company from the Canterbury Group at the date of disposal. 

The assets and liabilities related to Canterbury Limited (and its subsidiary undertakings) form a disposal group. 
However, Canterbury has not been treated as a discontinued operation at 2 February 2013, as its teamwear and leisurewear 
offering did not represent a major line of business.

Financial information related to the disposal is set out below: 

On 18 June 2011, the Group acquired, via its subsidiary Premium Fashion Limited, the trade and assets of 8 stores trading 
as Cecil Gee along with the Cecil Gee name and inventory from Moss Bros Group Plc for a cash consideration of £1,598,000.

On 2 December 2011 15% of the issued share capital was disposed of to Benba Investments Limited, Chape Investments Limited 
and Ginda Investments Limited by issuing 1,500 new shares (500 to each new shareholder) in exchange for a cash consideration 
of £1,500.

On 25 July 2012 the Group reacquired the 15% share capital for cash consideration of £40,000. As the Group already had 
control of Premium Fashion Limited, the increase in Group ownership has been accounted for as an equity transaction.

Consideration received
Less: carrying value of net assets disposed of
Plus: share of translation reserve recycled
Less: non-controlling interest disposed of
Less: transaction costs
Profit on disposal

Net cash flow on disposal:
Consideration received
Less: cash and cash equivalents disposed of
Net cash inflow from disposal

Put and call options

£000
 22,699 
(19,748)
 910 
(2,570)
(600)
691

 22,699 
(5,888)
16,811

The Group (via its subsidiary Canterbury Limited) was party to a put and call option agreement between Canterbury Limited 
and the vendors of Canterbury of New Zealand, whereby Canterbury Limited may acquire or be required to acquire the 
non-controlling interest of 49% of the issued share capital of Canterbury of New Zealand Limited.  

In addition, the Group (via its subsidiary Canterbury Limited) was party to a put and call option between Canterbury Limited and 
the non-controlling interest in Canterbury International (Australia) Pty Limited, whereby Canterbury Limited may acquire or be 
required to acquire 25% of the issued ordinary share capital of Canterbury International (Australia) Pty Limited.  

At the date of disposal of Canterbury Limited, a gross liability of £5,261,000 recognised for the put options on Canterbury 
of New Zealand and Canterbury International (Australia) Pty Limited measured in accordance with IAS 32 has been replaced 
with the fair value under IAS 39 of that derivative liability. This liability is included in the net assets disposed of.

Subsequent to the disposal an amount of £2,691,000 which represents the cumulative amounts previously recognised on the 
re-measurement under IAS 32 of the put options was transferred from other equity to retained earnings.

13. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

GROUP
Cost or valuation 
At 29 January 2011 
Acquisitions 
Exchange differences 
At 28 January 2012 
Acquisitions 
Divestment of subsidiaries 
Exchange differences 
At 2 February 2013 
Amortisation and impairment 
At 29 January 2011 
Charge for the period 
Impairments 
At 28 January 2012 
Charge for the period 
Impairments 
Divestment of subsidiaries 
At 2 February 2013 
Net book value 
At 2 February 2013 
At 28 January 2012 
At 29 January 2011 

Goodwill 
£000 

Brand licences 
£000 

Brand names 
£000 

Fascia name 
£000 

 42,341 
 24,047  
(1,006)
 65,382 
 3,328 
 - 
(813)
  67,897  

 9,869 
 - 
 1,537 
 11,406 
 - 
 2,315 
 - 
 13,721 

  54,176  
  53,976  
 32,472 

 11,779 
 - 
 -   
 11,779 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 11,779 

 1,208 
 1,111 
 - 
 2,319 
 1,112 
 - 
 - 
 3,431 

 8,348 
 9,460 
 10,571 

 11,227 
 5,431 
 -   
 16,658 
 5,540 
(6,884)
 - 
 15,314 

 1,436 
 1,340 
 340 
 3,116 
 1,686 
 -   
(2,016)
 2,786 

 5,481 
 16,396 
(727)
 21,150 
 852 
 - 
(192)
 21,810 

 - 
 - 
 838 
 838 
 -   
 - 
 - 
 838 

Total 
£000 

 70,828 
 45,874  
(1,733)
 114,969 
 9,720 
(6,884)
(1,005)
  116,800  

 12,513 
 2,451 
 2,715 
 17,679 
 2,798 
 2,315 
(2,016)
 20,776 

 12,528 
 13,542 
 9,791 

 20,972 
 20,312 
 5,481 

  96,024  
 97,290  
 58,315 

 
92

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

93

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

13. INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED)

Impairment

The impairment in the period relates to a partial impairment of the goodwill on the acquisition of the entire issued share capital 
of Pink Soda Limited (formerly Bank Stores Holdings Limited) in 2007. The goodwill recognised on the acquisition was 
£14,154,000 however following a difficult trading period in the Bank stores, where revenues on certain key brands declined; 
£2,315,000 of the goodwill has been impaired being the amount unsupported in the impairment review performed on the 
Bank cash-generating unit. The Board believes that the remaining goodwill of £11,839,000 is justified after having performed 
relevant sensitivity analysis.  

The impairment in the prior period relates to the goodwill and brand name totalling £1,877,000 on the acquisition of the entire 
issued share capital of Kooga Rugby Limited in 2009 and the Cecil Gee fascia name of £838,000 arising on the acquisition 
of the trade and assets of Cecil Gee from Moss Bros in June 2011.

Divestment of subsidiaries

The divestment in the period of £4,868,000 relates to the carrying value of the Canterbury brand name recognised 
on acquisition of Canterbury Limited in 2009. The Group disposed its 100% shareholding in Canterbury Limited on 
13 September 2012 (see note 12).  

Intangibles assets with definite lives

Brand licences

Brand licences are being amortised on a straight line basis over the licence period. Amortisation of these intangibles is included 
within cost of sales in the Consolidated Income Statement. Brand licenses are tested annually for impairment by comparing the 
recoverable amount to their carrying value. 

The recoverable amount of brand licences is determined based on value-in-use calculations. The use of this method requires the 
estimation of future cash flows expected to arise from the continuing operation of the relevant cash-generating unit and the choice 
of a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the present value. 

The Group's brand licenses and the key assumptions used in the value-in-use calculations, is as follows:

Basic information

Impairment model assumptions used

 GROUP 

 Segment 

 Terms 

 Net 
Book 
Value 
2013 
 £000 

 Net 
Book 
Value 
2012 
 £000 

 Short 
term 
growth 
rate (1) 
%

 Cost 
 £000 

 Long 
term 
growth 
rate (2) 

% Margin rate 

 Fila 

 Sport 

10 year license from January 2011 for 
exclusive use of the brand in the UK and 
Republic of Ireland

 7,500 

 5,938 

 6,688 

2.0%

2.0%

Sergio 
Tacchini

 Sport 

Sub-licence to use the brand in the UK 
until 2019

 4,279 
 11,779 

 2,410 
 8,348 

 2,772 
 9,460 

3.5%

2.0%

Gross margins over the remaining license 
period are assumed to be broadly consistent 
with approved budget levels for the period 
ending January 14
Gross margins over the remaining license 
period are assumed to be broadly consistent 
with approved budget levels for the period 
ending January 14

 Pre-tax 
discount 
rate (3) 
2013 
%

  Pre-tax 
discount  
 rate (3) 
2012 
%

13.9%

12.2%

13.9%

12.2%

(1)  The short term growth rate is the approved compound annual growth rate in sales for the first two year period following 

the January 2014 financial year currently underway

(2)  The long term growth rate is the rate used thereafter until the end of the license period

(3)  The discount rate applied is pre-tax and reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and risks specific 
to the assets, for which future cash flow estimates have not been adjusted. These discount rates are considered to be 
equivalent to the rate a market participant would use

13. INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED) 

Brand names

Brand names are all amortised over a period of 10 years and the amortisation charge is included within administrative expenses 
in the Consolidated Income Statement. Brand names are tested annually for impairment by comparing the recoverable amount to 
their carrying value.

The recoverable amount of brand names is determined based on a ‘royalty relief’ method of valuation, when this method is 
deemed the most appropriate, which takes projected future sales, applies a royalty rate to them and discounts the projected future 
post-tax royalties to arrive at a net present value. Alternatively the carrying value of the brand names has been allocated to a 
cash-generating unit, along with the relevant goodwill and fascia names, and tested in the value-in-use calculation performed for 
that cash generating unit (see below).

The Group's brand names and the key assumptions used in ‘royalty relief’ method of valuation, is as follows:

Basic information

 Segment 

GROUP 
Royalty relief model used to test the following brands:
Peter Werth
Sonneti
Duffer of St George
Henleys
One True Saxon
Fly 53
Gio Goi 

Sport
Sport
Sport
 Sport 
 Sport 
 Sport 
 Sport 

Date of 
acquisition 

26 May 2011
26 April 2010
24 November 2009
4 May 2012
13 September 2012
2 February 2013
31 January 2013

Brands included within the indefinite life intangible asset models (as below):
17 March 2011
Fenchurch
9 January 2012
Peter Storm
9 January 2012
Eurohike
7 February 2011
Kukri 
Nanny State
4 August 2010
Brands with nil net book value at period end:
Chilli Pepper
Kooga 
Canterbury

Sport
Outdoor
Outdoor
Distribution
Distribution

18 June 2010
3 July 2009
4 August 2009

Sport
Distribution
Distribution

 Net 
Book 
Value 
2013  
£000 

333
1,140
1,332
2,435
48
415
2,400

889
2,021
674
576
265

 Cost  
£000 

400
1,520
2,042
2,632
50
458
2,400

1,100
2,250
750
720
350

Impairment model assumptions used

 Net Book 
Value 
2012  
 £000 

 Short term 
growth 
rate (1)  
%

 Long term 
growth 
rate (2)  
%

 Pre-tax 
discount 
rate (3) 
2013  
%

 Pre-tax 
discount  
rate (3) 
2012  
%

2.0%
2.0%
5.0%
9.0%
2.0%
2.0%
2.0%

2.0%
2.0%
2.0%
2.0%
2.0%
2.0%
2.0%

13.9%
13.9%
13.9%
14.5%
14.5%
14.5%
14.5%

12.2%

12.2%

12.2%

-

-

-

-

 373 
 1,292 
 1,558 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 

 999 
 2,250 
 750 
 648 
 298 

190
452
 - 
 15,314 

 - 
 - 
 - 
 12,528 

 162 
 - 
 5,212 
 13,542 

(1)  The short term growth rate is the approved annual growth rate in sales for the first two year period following the January 2014 

financial year currently underway 

(2)  The long term growth rate is the rate used thereafter until the end of the useful life remaining

(3)  The discount rate applied is pre-tax and reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and risks specific to  

the assets, for which future cash flow estimates have not been adjusted. These discount rates are considered to be equivalent to 
the rate a market participant would use

94

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

95

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

13. INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED) 

Goodwill

Intangibles assets with indefinite lives

Fascia name

Fascia names are not being amortised as management 
consider these assets to have indefinite useful economic life. 
Factors considered by the Board in determining that the useful 
life of the fascia names are indefinite for all fascia names, with 
the exception of 'Cecil Gee' include:

•  The strength of the respective fascia names in the relevant 
sector and geographic region where the fascia is located

•  The history of the fascia names and that of similar assets in 

the UK (in relation to Blacks, Millets, Bank and Tessuti), 
Republic of Ireland (Champion) and Spain (Sprinter)  
retail sectors 

•  The commitment of the Group to continue to operate these 
stores separately for the foreseeable future, including the 
ongoing investment in new stores and refurbishments

The 'Cecil Gee' fascia name was fully impaired in the prior period.

Goodwill represents amounts arising on acquisition of 
subsidiaries. Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated 
impairment losses.

Goodwill and fascia names are allocated to the  
Group’s cash-generating units ('CGUs') and tested  
annually for impairment.

The CGUs used are either the store portfolios or distribution 
businesses acquired. The recoverable amount is compared  
to the carrying amount of the CGU including goodwill and 
fascia names. 

The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined based on 
value-in-use calculations. The carrying amount of goodwill and 
fascia name by CGU, along with the key assumptions used in 
the value-in-use calculation is set out on page 95 (opposite).

13. INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED)

Goodwill (continued)

                                 Basic financial information

Impairment model assumptions used

Goodwill 
2013  
£000 
 924 

 Fascia 
name 
2013  
  £000 
 - 

 Total 
intangible 
2013  
£000 
 924 

 Goodwill 
2012  
£000 
 924 

 Fascia name  
2012  
£000 
 - 

 Total 
intangible 
2012  
£000 
 924 

 Short 
term 
growth 
rate (1) 
%
1.0%

 14,976 

 - 

 14,976 

 14,976 

 - 

 14,976 

1.0%

 Long 
term 
growth 
rate (2)

%  Margin rate

1.0% Gross margins are assumed to be 

broadly consistent with recent 
historic and approved budget levels
1.0% Gross margins are assumed to be 

broadly consistent with recent 
historic and approved budget levels

 Pre-tax 
discount 
rate (3) 
2013 
%

 Pre-tax 
discount  
rate (3) 
2012 
%

10.5% 12.2%

10.5% 12.2%

 11,202 

 2,000 

 13,202 

 11,765 

Segment 
 Sport 

Allsports 
store portfolio 

First Sport 
store portfolio 

 Sport 

Champion 
store portfolio 

 Sport 

 2,000 

 13,765 

2.0%

2.0% Gross margins are assumed to 

improve by 3.3% in the first five 
year period from the recent margin 
rate achieved to reflect 
implementation of enhanced group 
terms and to reflect continuing 
focused strategy regarding stock and 
merchandising 

14.4% 16.1%

 4,331 

 10,754 

2.0%

2.0% Gross margins are assumed to 

improve steadily over the first five 
year period to 1.2% above the 
current margin rate to reflect 
continuing focused strategy 
regarding stock and merchandising 

20.7% 16.4%

 5,481 

 19,635 

1.0%

0.2% Gross margins are assumed to 

improve by 1.3% in the first five 
year period from the recent margin 
rate achieved to reflect increase 
proportion of own brand sales 
budget

13.3% 12.2%

Sprinter 
store portfolio 

 Sport 

 6,173 

 4,139 

 10,312 

 6,423 

 Fashion 

 11,839 

 5,481 

 17,320 

 14,154 

Bank 
store portfolio 
(4) 

Tessuti 
store portfolio 

Blacks/Millets 
store portfolio 
(5) 

Nicholas 
Deakins 
Limited 
Kukri Sports 
Limited (6) 

Source 
Lab 
Limited 
Focus 
Brands 
Limited 
Topgrade 
Sportswear 
Limited 

 Fashion 

 1,092 

 852 

 1,944 

Originals 
store portfolio 

 Fashion 

 105 

 - 

 105 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

2.0%

 - 

2.0%

1.0% Gross margins are assumed to be 

broadly consistent with recent 
historic and approved budget levels
1.0% Gross margins are assumed to be 

14.5%

broadly consistent with recent 
historic and approved budget levels

14.5%

-

-

 Outdoor 

 2,500 

 8,500 

 11,000 

 2,500 

 8,500 

 11,000 

2.0%

2.0% Gross margins are assumed to 

Distribution 

 864 

 - 

 864 

 864 

Distribution 

1,653

 - 

 1,653 

 1,653 

Distribution 

2,131

 - 

 2,131 

 - 

Distribution 

700

Distribution 

 17 

 - 

 - 

 700 

700

 17 

 17 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 864 

1.0%

 1,653 

1.0%

 - 

2.0%

 700 

1.0%

 17 

 54,176 

 20,972 

 75,148 

 53,976 

 20,312 

 74,288 

improve by 5.0% in the first five 
year period from the recent margin 
achieved to reflect focused strategy 
regarding stock and merchandising 

1.0% Gross margins are assumed to be 

broadly consistent with recent 
historic and approved budget levels
1.0% Gross margins are assumed to be 

broadly consistent with recent 
historic and approved budget levels
1.0% Gross margins are assumed to be 

broadly consistent with recent 
historic and approved budget levels
1.0% Gross margins are assumed to be 

broadly consistent with recent 
historic and approved budget levels
Not material for Group

14.3% 12.2%

13.3% 12.2%

16.0% 12.2%

14.5%

-

13.3% 12.2%

 
96

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

97

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

13. INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED)

 COMPANY
 Cost or valuation 
 At 29 January 2011 
 Acquisitions 
 At 28 January 2012 
 Acquisitions 
 At 2 February 2013 
 Amortisation and impairment 
 At 29 January 2011 
 Charge for the period 
 At 28 January 2012 
 Charge for the period 
 At 2 February 2013 
 Net book value 
 At 2 February 2013 
 At 28 January 2012 
 At 29 January 2011 

 Goodwill  
£000 

 19,945 
 - 
 19,945 
 - 
 19,945 

 4,045 
 - 
 4,045 
 - 
 4,045 

 15,900 
 15,900 
 15,900 

 Brand 
licences  
£000 

 11,779 
 - 
 11,779 
 - 
 11,779 

 1,208 
 1,111 
 2,319 
 1,112 
 3,431 

 8,348 
 9,460 
 10,571 

 Brand 
names  
£000 

 1,710 
 1,500 
 3,210 
 5,540 
 8,750 

 85 
 299 
 384 
 706 
 1,090 

 7,660 
 2,826 
 1,625 

 Total 
 £000 

 33,434 
 1,500 
 34,934 
 5,540 
 40,474 

 5,338 
 1,410 
 6,748 
 1,818 
 8,566 

 31,908 
 28,186 
 28,096 

For the Bank, Blacks and Champion goodwill and fascia name 
cash-generating units, changes in key assumptions could cause 
the carrying value of the unit to exceed its recoverable amount.  

The Board has considered the possibility of each of these 
businesses achieving less revenue and gross profit than 
forecast. Whilst the reduction in revenue would be partially 
offset by a reduction in revenue related costs, the Board would 
also take actions to mitigate the loss of gross profit by reducing 
other costs. 

Bank

Should the business have 0.0% sales growth beyond year five 
rather than the 0.2% assumed and be unable to reduce selling 
and distribution and administrative costs, the reduction in 
value-in-use would lead to a further impairment of £685,000. 
All other assumptions remain unchanged.

Should the business not achieve the assumed gross margin 
rate % growth in the first five year period of 1.3% by 0.5% 
and be unable to reduce selling and distribution and 
administrative costs, the reduction in value-in-use would  
lead to a further impairment of £6,976,000. All other 
assumptions remain unchanged.

Blacks

Should the business not achieve the assumed gross margin 
rate % growth in the first five year period of 5.0% by 0.5% 
and be unable to reduce selling and distribution and 
administrative costs, the reduction in value-in-use would lead 
to an impairment of £1,968,000. All other assumptions 
remain unchanged.

Champion

Should the business not achieve the assumed gross margin 
rate % growth in the first five year period of 3.3% by 3.0% and 
have 0.0% sales growth beyond year five whilst being unable 
to reduce selling and distribution and administrative costs, the 
reduction in value-in-use would lead to an impairment of 
£1,075,000. All other assumptions remain unchanged.

13. INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED) 

Goodwill (continued)

(1)  The short term growth rate is the compound annual growth 
rate for the four year period following the January 2014 
financial year currently underway 

(2)  The long term growth rate is the rate used thereafter, which 
is an estimate of the growth based on past experience 
within the Group taking account of economic growth 
forecast for the relevant industries

(3)  The discount rate applied is pre-tax and reflects the current 
market assessments of the time value of money and any 
specific risk premiums relevant to the individual CGU's. 
These discount rates are considered to be equivalent to the 
rates a market participant would use

(4)  The impairment model prepared for Bank, in addition to 
covering the goodwill and fascia names, has also been 
used to support the net book value of the Nanny State and 
Fenchurch brand names, which are predominantly sold 
through the Bank store portfolio

(5)  The impairment model prepared for Blacks and Millets, 
in addition to covering the goodwill and fascia names, 
has also been used to support the net book value of 
the Peter Storm and Eurohike brand names, which are 
exclusively sold through the Blacks and Millets store portfolio

(6)   The impairment model prepared for Kukri, in addition to 

supporting the goodwill, has also been used to support the 
net book value of the Kukri brand name

The cash flow projections used in the value-in-use calculations 
are all based on actual operating results, together with 
financial forecasts and strategy plans approved by the Board 
covering a five year period. These forecasts and plans are 
based on both past performance and expectations for future 
market development.

Sensitivity analysis

A sensitivity analysis has been performed on the base case 
assumptions of sales growth and discounts rates used for 
assessing the goodwill. 

With regards to the assessment of value-in-use of all 
cash-generating units, with the exceptions of those listed below, 
the Board believe that there are no reasonably possible 
changes in any of the key assumptions, which would cause 
the carrying value of the unit to exceed its recoverable amount.

 
98

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

99

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

14. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

14. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED) 

GROUP
Cost 
At 29 January 2011 
Additions 
Disposals 
Transfer from Investment property 
On acquisition of subsidiaries 
Exchange differences 
At 28 January 2012 
Additions 
Disposals 
Transfers  
On acquisition of subsidiaries 
Divestment of subsidiaries 
Exchange differences 
At 2 February 2013 
Depreciation and impairment 
At 29 January 2011 
Charge for period 
Disposals 
Impairments 
Exchange differences 
At 28 January 2012 
Charge for period 
Disposals 
Impairments 
Divestment of subsidiaries 
Exchange differences 
At 2 February 2013 
Net book value  
At 2 February 2013 
At 28 January 2012 
At 29 January 2011 

Freehold land, 
long leasehold & 
freehold properties 
£000 

Improvements to 
short leasehold 
properties 
£000 

 Computer 
equipment 
£000 

 Fixtures 
and fittings 
£000 

Motor 
vehicles 
£000 

 Assets in the 
course of 
construction 
£000 

 942 
 -   
 -   
 2,997 
 -   
 -   
 3,939 
 677 
 -   
 -   
 973 
 -   
 -   
 5,589 

 -   
 27 
 -   
 -   
 -   
 27 
 33 
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 60 

 5,529 
 3,912 
 942 

 17,204 
 1,959 
(720)
 -   
 -   
 124 
 18,567 
 1,039 
(979)
 90 
 268 
(572)
(43)
 18,370 

 9,363 
 1,398 
(584)
 21 
 62 
 10,260 
 1,403 
(883)
 11 
(311)
(18)
 10,462 

 7,908 
 8,307 
 7,841 

 13,767 
 4,761 
(3,094)
 -   
 1,409 
 25 
 16,868 
 9,899 
(329)
 -   
 81 
(431)
(128)
 25,960 

 10,396 
 2,421 
(3,040)
 106 
 80 
 9,963 
 3,125 
(235)
 -   
(232)
(72)
 12,549 

 136,177 
 18,180 
(9,031)
 -   
  16,860  
(490)
 161,696 
 26,444 
(10,033)
 18,672 
 575  
(402)
(2,218)
 194,734 

 70,403 
 17,418 
(8,243)
 1,470 
 123 
 81,171 
 22,294 
(9,710)
 703 
(279)
(1,289)
 92,890 

 13,411 
 6,905 
 3,371 

 101,844 
 80,525 
 65,774 

 187 
 184 
(243)
 -   
 415 
 4 
 547 
 119 
(191)
 -   
 8 
(52)
(4)
 427 

(5)
 163 
(115)
 -   
 6 
 49 
 138 
(127)
 -   
(41)
(1)
 18 

 409 
 498 
 192 

Total 
 £000 

 168,277 
 43,846 
(13,088)
 2,997 
  18,684  
(337)
  220,379  
 38,178 
(11,532)
 -   
 1,905 
(1,457)
(2,393)
 245,080 

 90,157 
 21,427 
(11,982)
 1,597 
 271 
 101,470 
 26,993 
(10,955)
 714 
(863)
(1,380)
 115,979 

 -   
 18,762 
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 18,762 
 -   
 -   
(18,762)
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   

 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   

 -   
 18,762 
 -   

 129,101 
  118,909  
 78,120 

The carrying amount of the group's property, plant and equipment includes an amount of £1,479,000 (2012: £2,165,000) in 
respect of assets held under finance leases, comprising fixtures and fittings of £1,427,000 (2012: £2,080,000) and motor 
vehicles of £52,000 (2012: £85,000). The depreciation charge on those assets for the current period was £672,000 
(2012: £567,000), comprising fixtures and fittings of £643,000 (2012: £nil) and motor vehicles of £29,000 (2012: £35,000).

Assets in the course of construction of £18,762,000 relating to the new warehouse development of Kingsway, Rochdale has 
transferred to fixtures and fittings in the period.   

Impairment charges of £714,000 (2012: £1,597,000) relate to all classes of property, plant and equipment in 
cash-generating units which are loss making and where it is considered that the position cannot be recovered as a result 
of a continuing deterioration in the performance in the particular store. The cash-generating units represent individual stores, 
or a collection of stores where the cash flows are not independent, with the loss based on the specific revenue streams and costs 
attributable to those cash-generating units. Assets in impaired stores are written down to their recoverable amount which is 
calculated as the greater of the fair value less costs to sell and value-in-use.

 COMPANY
 Cost 
 At 29 January 2011 
 Additions 
 Disposals 
 At 28 January 2012 
 Additions 
 Disposals 
 Transfers 
 At 2 February 2013 
Depreciation and impairment 
At 29 January 2011 
Charge for period 
Disposals 
Impairments 
At 28 January 2012 
Charge for period 
Disposals 
Impairments 
At 2 February 2013 
Net book value  
At 2 February 2013 
At 28 January 2012 
At 29 January 2011 

 Land  
 £000 

 -   
 942 
 -   
 942 
 -   
 -   
 -   
 942

 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 - 
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   

 942 
 942 
 -   

Improvements to 
short leasehold 
properties 
£000 

 Computer 
equipment 
£000 

 Fixtures and 
fittings  
£000 

Motor 
vehicles  
£000 

 12,989 
 1,116 
(525)
 13,580 
 546 
(806)
 -   
 13,320 

 7,893 
 950 
(435)
 7 
 8,415 
 969 
(715)
 -   
 8,669 

 4,651 
 5,165 
 5,096 

 12,163 
 3,501 
(2,253)
 13,411 
 7,726 
(185)
 -   
 20,952

 9,680 
 1,556 
(2,226)
 2 
 9,012 
 1,948 
(165)
 -   
 10,795 

 10,157 
 4,399 
 2,483 

 103,426 
 8,427 
(6,307)
 105,546 
 7,526 
(6,822)
 18,762 
 125,012

 59,623 
 10,050 
(5,907)
 51 
 63,817 
 11,808 
(6,696)
 -   
 68,929 

 56,083 
 41,729 
 43,803 

 234 
 -   
(21)
 213 
 25 
(33)
 -   
 205

 77 
 42 
(13)
 1 
 107 
 31 
(24)
 -   
 114 

 91 
 106 
 157 

Assets in 
the course of 
construction 
£000 

 -   
 18,762 
 -   
 18,762 
 -   
 -   
(18,762)
 -

 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   

 -   
 18,762 
 -   

Total 
 £000 

 128,812 
 32,748 
(9,106)
 152,454 
 15,823 
(7,846)
 -   
 160,431 

 77,273 
 12,598 
(8,581)
 61 
 81,351 
 14,756 
(7,600)
 -   
 88,507 

 71,924 
 71,103 
 51,539 

 
 
100

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

101

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

15. INVESTMENT PROPERTY

GROUP  
Cost 
At 29 January 2011  
Transfer to Property, Plant and Equipment 
At 28 January 2012 
Additions 
At 2 February 2013 
Depreciation and impairment 
At 29 January 2011 
Charge for period 
Transfer to Property, Plant and Equipment 
At 28 January 2012 
Charge for period 
At 2 February 2013 
Net book value  
At 2 February 2013 
At 28 January 2012 
At 29 January 2011 

 £000 

 4,160 
(4,160)
 - 
 - 
 - 

 1,160 
 3 
(1,163)
 - 
 - 
 - 

-

 - 
 3,000

The Investment Property brought forward relates to a property leased to Focus Brands Limited. The addition in the period relates to 
a freehold property acquired by JD Sports Fashion Plc, which is leased to Kukri Sports Limited.  

Both of these properties are owner-occupied from the perspective of the Group as both Focus Brands Limited and Kukri Sports 
Limited are subsidiaries of the Group. These properties however remain Investment Properties from the Company perspective as 
at 2 February 2013. 

Based on an external valuation, the fair value of the investment properties as at 2 February 2013 was £3,427,000 
(2012: £2,800,000).  

Management do not consider either of the investment properties to be impaired as the future rental income supports the carrying value. 

COMPANY
 Cost 
 At 29 January 2011 and 28 January 2012  
 Additions 
 At 2 February 2013 
 Depreciation and impairment 
 At 29 January 2011 
 Charge for period 
 At 28 January 2012 
 Charge for period 
 At 2 February 2013 
 Net book value 
 At 2 February 2013 
 At 28 January 2012 
 At 29 January 2011 

 £000

 4,160 
 677 
 4,837 

 1,160 
 30 
 1,190 
 33 
 1,223 

 3,614 
 2,970 
 3,000 

16. NON-CURRENT OTHER ASSETS

GROUP

 Key Money  
 £000

 Deposits  
 £000

 Legal Fees  
 £000

                     COMPANY
 Legal Fees 
£000

 Total  
 £000

Cost 
At 29 January 2011 
Additions 
Disposals 
On acquisition of subsidiaries 
Exchange differences 
At 28 January 2012 
Additions 
Disposals 
Exchange differences 
At 2 February 2013 
Depreciation and impairment 
At 29 January 2011 
Charge for period 
Disposals 
Impairments 
Exchange differences 
At 28 January 2012 
Charge for period 
Disposals 
Impairments 
Exchange differences 
At 2 February 2013 
Net book value  
At 2 February 2013 
At 28 January 2012 
At 29 January 2011 

9,197
1,118
(38)
 -   
(34)
10,243
 3,273 
(252)
(539)
12,725

 778 
 -   
 -   
(15)
(37)
726
 -   
 -   
 191 
(95)
822

779
329
(62)
 1,035 
(51)
2,030
 667 
(213)
(90)
2,394

 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   

11,903
9,517
8,419

2,394
2,030
779

7,362
456
(425)
 1,650 
 11 
9,054
 1,410 
(146)
(12)
10,306

 3,513 
 472 
(367)
 4 
 4 
3,626
 537 
(123)
 -   
(5)
4,035

6,271
5,428
3,849

17,338
1,903
(525)
 2,685 
(74)
21,327
 5,350 
(611)
(641)
25,425

 4,291 
 472 
(367)
(11)
(33)
4,352
 537 
(123)
 191 
(100)
4,857

20,568
16,975
13,047

6,679
482
(330)
 -   
 -   
6,831
 1,372 
(123)
 -   
8,080

 3,089 
 450 
(268)
 2 
 -   
 3,273 
 518 
(110)
 -   
 -   
 3,681 

4,399
3,558
3,590

Key money represents monies paid in certain countries to give access to retail locations.

Deposits represent money paid in certain countries to store landlords as protection against non-payment of rent.

Legal fees represents legal fees and other costs associated with the acquisition of leasehold interests.

 
 
102

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

17. INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURE

On 3 December 2007, the Group acquired 49% of the issued share capital of Focus Brands Limited for an initial cash 
consideration of £49,000 together with associated fees of £456,000. Focus Brands Limited was a jointly controlled entity set up 
for the purposes of acquiring Focus Group Holdings Limited and its subsidiary companies ('Focus Group'). The Focus Group is 
involved in the design, sourcing and distribution of branded and own brand footwear, apparel and accessories. Focus Brands 
Limited was jointly controlled with the former shareholders of Focus Group Holdings Limited. 

On 16 February 2011, the Group acquired a further 31% of the issued share capital of Focus Brands Limited for a cash 
consideration of £1,000,000, with potential further deferred consideration of £250,000 depending on performance. As a result 
there was no further deferred consideration payable on the original transaction. The additional shares purchased since the 
reporting date took the Group's holding in Focus Brands Limited to 80%, thereby giving the Group control. Focus Brands Limited 
has since been a subsidiary of the Group rather than a jointly-controlled entity. 

The results and assets and liabilities of the Focus Group were incorporated in the consolidated financial statements using the 
equity method of accounting as a joint venture in the prior period up to 16 February 2011.  

The Group's share of the revenue generated by the joint venture in the period was £nil (2012: £841,000).

The amount included in the Consolidated Income Statement in relation to the joint venture is as follows:

Share of result before tax 
Tax 
Share of result after tax 

 53 weeks to 2 February 2013 
Before 
Exceptionals 
£000 
 -   
 -   
 -   

Exceptionals  
£000 
 -   
 -   
 -   

After 
Exceptionals 
£000 
 -   
 -   
 -   

 52 weeks to 28 January 2012 

Before 
Exceptionals 
£000 
(143)
 41 
(102)

Exceptionals  
£000 
 1,166 
 4 
 1,170 

After 
Exceptionals 
£000 
 1,023 
 45 
 1,068

The exceptional items in the 52 week period to 28 January 2012 related to a further reversal of the impairment of the investment 
held by Focus Brands Limited in Focus Group Holdings Limited, following an additional repayment of original purchase 
consideration by the vendors of Focus Group Holdings Limited.

18. INVESTMENTS

COMPANY 
Cost 
At 29 January 2011 
Additions 
At 28 January 2012 
Additions 
At 2 February 2013 

Impairment 
At 29 January 2011 and 28 January 2012 
Impairments 
At 2 February 2013 

Net book value 
At 2 February 2013 
At 28 January 2012 
At 29 January 2011 

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

103

£000

 14,534 
 33,411 
 47,945 
 2,900 
 50,845 

 5,470 
 -   
 5,470 

 45,375 
 42,475 
 9,064 

The additions to investments in the current year comprise the following. Unless otherwise stated the investment is 100% owned.

COMPANY 
JD Spain Sport Fashion 2010 SL (c65% owned) 
Premium Fashion Limited 
Source Lab Limited (85% owned) 
Tessuti Group Limited (60% owned) 
Total additions 

A list of principal subsidiaries is shown in note 36.

2013  
£000 
 250 
 40 
 2,550 
 60 
 2,900

104

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

105

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

19. INVENTORIES

Finished goods and goods for resale 

               GROUP 

               COMPANY 

2012 
(restated 
 - see note 1) 
£000 
  133,243 

2013 
£000 
 146,569 

2013 
 £000 
 56,125 

2012 
 £000 
 52,579 

The cost of inventories recognised as expenses and included in cost of sales for the 53 weeks ended 2 February 2013 was 
£645,404,000 (2012: £538,676,000).

20. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Current assets 
Trade receivables 
Other receivables 
Prepayments and accrued income 
Amounts owed by other Group companies 

The ageing of trade receivables is detailed below:

GROUP

Not past due
Past due 0-30 days
Past due 30-60 days
Past 60 days

COMPANY
Not past due
Past due 0 - 30 days
Past due 30-60 days
Past 60 days

               GROUP 

               COMPANY 

2013 
£000 

 12,386 
 6,413 
 37,962 
 - 
 56,761 

Net 
£000 

 7,358 
 1,508 
 902 
 2,618 
 12,386 

Net 
£000 
 907 
 356 
 430 
 404 
 2,097 

2012 
£000 

 17,730 
 3,804 
 32,613 
 - 
 54,147 

Gross 
£000 

 10,062 
 2,267 
 1,397 
 5,024 
 18,750 

Gross 
£000 
 264 
 198 
 239 
 767 
 1,468 

2013 
 £000 

 2,097 
 2,645 
 22,150 
 129,213
 156,105

2012 
 £000 

 1,368 
 507 
 15,250 
 106,828 
 123,953 

               2012

Provision 
£000 

(40)
(16)
(91)
(873)
(1,020)

               2012

Provision 
£000 
 -   
 -   
 -   
(100)
(100)

Net 
£000 

 10,022 
 2,251 
 1,306 
 4,151 
 17,730 

Net 
£000 
 264 
 198 
 239 
 667 
 1,368 

               2013

Gross 
£000 

Provision 
£000 

 7,620 
 1,508 
 904 
 2,991 
 13,023 

Gross 
£000 
 907 
 356 
 430 
 504 
 2,197 

(262)
 -   
(2)
(373)
(637)

               2013

Provision 
£000 
 -   
 -   
 -   
(100)
(100)

20. TRADE AND RECEIVABLES (CONTINUED)

Analysis of gross trade receivables is shown below:

Not past due or impaired
Past due but not impaired
Impaired

The aging of the impaired trade receivables is detailed below:

Not past due
Past due 0 - 30 days
Past due 30-60 days
Past 60 days

                GROUP

                COMPANY

 2013 
£000 
 7,256 
 4,208 
 1,559 
 13,023 

2012 
£000 
 9,979 
 7,316 
 1,455 
 18,750 

 2013 
£000 
 896 
 580 
 721 
 2,197 

                GROUP

                COMPANY

 2013 
£000 
 364 
 - 
 345 
 850 
 1,559 

2012 
£000 
 83 
 237 
 146 
 989 
 1,455 

 2013 
£000 
 11 
 -   
 342 
 368 
 721 

2012 
£000 
 212 
 632 
 624 
 1,468

2012 
£000 
 52 
 121 
 147 
 304 
 624 

The Board consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximate their fair value. Concentrations of credit 
risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due to the majority of the Group’s customer base being wide and unrelated. 
Therefore, no further credit risk provision is required in excess of the normal provision for impairment losses, which has been 
calculated following individual assessments of credit quality based on historic default rates and knowledge of debt or insolvency 
or other credit risk. 

Movement on this provision is shown below:

 At 29 January 2011 
 Created 
 Released  
 Utilised 
 At 28 January 2012 
 Created 
 Released  
 Utilised 
 Divestments 
 Exchange differences 
 At 2 February 2013 

The other classes within trade and other receivables do not contain impaired assets.

 GROUP 
£000 
 862 
 760 
(77)
(525)
 1,020 
 435 
(29)
(139)
(639)
(11)
 637 

 COMPANY  
£000 
 222 
 100 
 - 
(222)
 100 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 100

 
 
 
106

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

107

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

21. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 

 Bank balances and cash floats 

22. INTEREST-BEARING LOANS AND BORROWINGS

                 GROUP 

                 COMPANY 

2013  
£000 
 53,484

2012  
£000 
 67,024 

2013  
£000 
 20,046 

2012  
£000 
 28,762 

22. INTEREST-BEARING LOANS AND BORROWINGS (CONTINUED) 

The maturity of the bank loans and overdrafts is as follows:

Within one year 
Between one and five years 

                       GROUP 

                       COMPANY

2013  
£000 
 7,036 
 288 
 7,324 

2012 
 £000 
 4,937 
 765 
 5,702 

2013 
 £000 
 -   
 -   
 -   

2012  
£000 
 -   
 -   
 -   

                 GROUP 

                 COMPANY 

Other loans

Current liabilities 
Finance lease liabilities 
Bank loans and overdrafts 
Other loans 

Non-current liabilities 
Finance lease liabilities 
Bank loans and overdrafts 
Other loans 

2013  
£000 

 49 
 7,036 
 72 
 7,157 

 7 
 288 
 396 
 691 

2012  
£000 

 610 
 4,937 
 -   
 5,547 

 50 
 765 
 367 
 1,182 

2013  
£000 

2012  
£000 

 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   

 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   

 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   

 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   

The following provides information about the contractual terms of the Group and Company’s interest-bearing loans and 
borrowings. For more information about the Group and Company’s exposure to interest rate risk, see note 23.

Bank facilities

As at 2 February 2013, the Group has a syndicated committed £75,000,000 bank facility which expires on 11 October 2015. 
Under this facility, a maximum of 10 drawdowns can be outstanding at any time with drawdowns made for a period of one, two, 
three or six months with interest payable at a rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 1.40% (2012: 1.25%). The arrangement fee is 0.6%. 
The commitment fee on the undrawn element of the facility is 45% of the applicable margin rate. This facility encompasses cross 
guarantees between the Company, Bank Fashion Limited, RD Scott Limited, Topgrade Sportswear Limited, Nicholas Deakins Limited 
and Focus International Limited. 

At 2 February 2013, there were no amounts drawn down on this facility (2012: no amounts were drawn down on this facility).

Bank loans and overdrafts

The following Group companies have overdraft facilities which are repayable on demand:

• Spodis SA €5,000,000 (2012: €5,000,000)

• Sprinter Megacentros Del Deporte SLU €4,500,000 (2012: €4,500,000)

• Champion Sports Ireland €3,000,000 (2012: €3,000,000)  

• Kukri Sports Limited and Kukri GB Limited £170,000 (2012: £170,000)  

• Source Lab Limited £350,000    

As at 2 February 2013, these facilities were drawn down by £7,256,000 (2012: £1,648,000). Further information on guarantees 
provided by the Company is disclosed in note 33. 

Included within bank loans and overdrafts are term loans of £68,000 (2012: £289,000) within Spodis SA which have been taken 
out to fund the refurbishment of specific stores. The interest rates range from 5.10% to 6.50% and are secured on the fixtures in 
those particular stores.

The acquisition of Tessuti Group Limited included a freehold property with a mortgage balance remaining of £508,000 at the 
time of acquisition. The loan is repayable over 10 years and attracts interest at 2.99% over base. At 2 February 2013, 
82 months is remaining. 

The Group had a loan payable to Herald Island Limited at 28 January 2012, the non-controlling interest in Canterbury of 
New Zealand Limited. The loan attracted interest at 3.0% above the Group’s cost of funds and was repayable on exercise of 
the put and call option. This liability has been discharged on the disposal of the Canterbury Group (see note 12). 

The maturity of other loans is as follows:

Within one year 
Between one and five years 

Finance lease liabilities  

                       GROUP 

                       COMPANY

2013 
£000 
 72 
 396 
 468 

2012  
£000 
 - 
 367 
 367 

2013  
£000 
 - 
 -   
 -   

2012  
£000 
 - 
 -   
 -   

As at 2 February 2013, the Group’s liabilities under finance leases are analysed as follows:

GROUP
Amounts payable under finance leases: 
Within one year 
Later than one year and not later than five years 
After five years 

                        Minimum lease payments 
2012 
£000 

2013 
£000 

                        Present value of 
                        minimum lease payments 
2012  
£000 

2013 
£000 

 51 
 8 
 -   
 59 

 646 
 55 
 -   
 701 

 49 
 7 
 -   
 56 

 610 
 50 
 -   
 660 

Assets held under finance leases consists of store fit outs (included within fixtures and fittings) and motor vehicles. The fair value of 
the Group's lease obligations approximate to their present value. The Group's obligations under finance leases are secured by the 
lessors' rights over the leased assets.

 
108

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

109

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

23. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Financial assets

The Group’s financial assets are all categorised as loans and receivables. Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial 
assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. The Group’s loans and receivables comprise 
‘Trade and other receivables’ and ‘Cash and cash equivalents’ in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. 

Cash and cash equivalents comprise short-term cash deposits with major United Kingdom and European clearing banks earning 
floating rates of interest based upon bank base rates or rates linked to LIBOR and EURIBOR. The currency profile of cash and cash 
equivalents is shown below:

23. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)

Foreign currency risk

Risk management

The Group’s operations expose it to a variety of financial risks 
that include the effects of changes in exchange rates, interest 
rates, credit risk and its liquidity position. The Group manages 
these risks through the use of derivative instruments, which are 
reviewed on a regular basis. Derivative instruments are not 
entered into for speculative purposes. There are no 
concentrations of risk in the period to 2 February 2013.

                       GROUP 

                       COMPANY

Interest rate risk

Bank balances and cash floats 

Sterling 
Euros 
US Dollars 
Australian Dollars 
New Zealand Dollars 
Other 

Financial liabilities

2013 
£000 
 53,484 

 18,552 
 31,481 
 2,316 
 162 
 87 
 886 
 53,484 

2012 
£000 
 67,024 

 31,846 
 29,117 
 3,591 
 1,075 
 1,262 
 133 
 67,024 

2013 
£000 
 20,046 

 4,608 
 12,525 
 2,211 
 49 
 - 
 653 
 20,046 

The Group’s financial liabilities are all categorised as other financial liabilities. Other financial liabilities are measured at 
amortised cost. The Group’s other financial liabilities comprise ‘Interest-bearing loans and borrowings’ and ‘Trade and 
other payables’.

The currency profile of interest-bearing loans and borrowings is shown below:

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 

Sterling 
Euros 
US Dollars 
New Zealand Dollars 
Canadian Dollars 

                       GROUP 

                       COMPANY

2013 
£000
 7,848 

 469 
 7,344 
 25 
 - 
 10 
 7,848 

2012 
 £000
 6,729 

 150 
 6,159 
 - 
 404 
 16 
 6,729 

2013 
 £000
 - 

 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 

2012 
£000 
 28,762 

 21,706 
 4,701 
 2,265 
 90 
 - 
 - 
 28,762 

2012 
£000
 - 

 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 

The Group finances its operations by a mixture of retained 
profits and bank borrowings. The Group’s borrowings are at 
floating rates, partially hedged by floating rate interest on 
deposits, reflecting the seasonality of its cash flow. Interest rate 
risk therefore arises from bank borrowings. Interest rate 
hedging has not been put in place on the current facility. 
The Directors continue to be mindful of the potential volatility in 
base rates, but at present do not consider a long term interest 
rate hedge to be necessary given the inherent short term nature 
of both the revolving credit facility and working capital facility. 
This position is reviewed regularly, along with the level of 
facility required.

The Group has potential bank floating rate financial liabilities 
on the £75,000,000 committed bank facility, together with 
overdraft facilities in subsidiary companies (see note 22). At 2 
February 2013 £nil was drawdown from the committed bank 
facility (2012: £nil). When drawdowns are made, the Group is 
exposed to cash flow interest risk with interest paid at a rate of 
LIBOR plus a margin of 1.40% (2012: 1.25%).

As at 2 February 2013 the Group has liabilities of £56,000 
(2012: £660,000), in respect of finance lease or similar hire 
purchase contracts. 

A change of 1.0% in the average interest rates during the year, 
applied to the Group's floating interest rate loans and 
borrowings as at the reporting date, would change profit 
before tax by £60,000 (2012: £37,000) and would change 
equity by £60,000 (2012: £37,000). The calculation is based 
on any floating interest rate loans and borrowings drawn down 
at the period end date, being the Spodis SA and Sprinter 
Megacentros Del Deporte SLU overdrafts. Calculations are 
performed on the same basis as the prior year and assume 
that all other variables remain unchanged.

The Group is exposed to foreign currency risk on sales and 
purchases that are denominated in a currency other than 
pound sterling. The currencies giving rise to this risk are the 
Euro and US Dollar with sales made in Euros and purchases 
made in both Euros and US Dollars (principal exposure). 
To protect its foreign currency position, the Group sets a buying 
rate in each country for the purchase of goods in US Dollars at 
the start of the buying season (typically six to nine months 
before the product actually starts to appear in the stores) and 
then enters into a number of local currency/US Dollar contracts 
whereby the minimum exchange rate on the purchase of 
dollars is guaranteed.

As at 2 February 2013, options have been entered into to 
protect approximately 89% of the US Dollar requirement for 
the period to January 2014. The balance of the US Dollar 
requirement for the period will be satisfied at spot rates. 
Hedge accounting is not applied.

As at 2 February 2013, the fair value of these instruments was 
an asset of £441,000 (2012: asset of £30,000) which has 
been included within current assets (2012: current assets). 
A gain of £411,000 (2012: gain of £1,018,000) has been 
recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement for the 
change in fair value of these instruments.  

110

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

111

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

23. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)

Foreign currency risk (continued)

A 10.0% strengthening of sterling relative to the following currencies as at the reporting date would have reduced profit before tax 
and equity as follows:

Euros 
US Dollars 
Australian Dollars 
New Zealand Dollars 
Other 

                       Profit before tax 

                       Equity 

2013 
£000 
 1,770 
 61 
 11 
 6 
 15 
 1,863 

2012 
£000 
 515 
(13)
 13 
 4 
(61)
 458 

2013 
£000 
 3,363 
(2)
(10)
 4 
(75)
 3,280 

2012 
£000 
 4,675 
(240)
(177)
 271 
(100)
 4,429 

A 10.0% weakening of sterling relative to the following currencies as at the reporting date would have increased profit before tax 
and equity as follows:

Euros 
US Dollars 
Australian Dollars 
New Zealand Dollars 
Other 

                       Profit before tax 

                       Equity 

2013
£000 
 2,163 
 74 
 13 
 7 
 19 
 2,276 

2012
£000 
 630 
(4)
 16 
 1 
(74)
 569 

2013
£000 
 5,464 
(2)
(7)
 8 
(88)
 5,375 

2012
£000 
 5,714 
(293)
(216)
 332 
(122)
 5,415 

Calculations are performed on the same basis as the prior year and the method assumes that all other variables remain unchanged.

Credit risk

Credit risk arises from the possibility of customers and counterparties failing to meet their obligations to the Group. Investments of 
cash surpluses, borrowings and derivative instruments are made through major United Kingdom and European clearing banks, 
which must meet minimum credit ratings as required by the Board.

All customers who wish to trade on credit terms are subject to credit verification procedures. Receivable balances are monitored 
on an ongoing basis and provision is made for impairment where amounts are not thought to be recoverable (see note 20). 
At the reporting date there were no significant concentrations of credit risk and receivables which are not impaired are believed 
to be recoverable.

The Group considers its maximum exposure to credit risk to be equivalent to total trade and other receivables of £56,761,000 
(2012: £54,147,000) and cash and cash equivalents of £53,484,000 (2012: £67,024,000).

The Company has provided guarantees on working capital and other banking facilities entered into by Spodis SA, Sprinter 
Megacentros Del Deporte SLU and Champion Sports Ireland of €5,000,000, €8,750,000 and up to maximum of €3,000,000 
respectively. As at 2 February 2013, these facilities were drawn down by £7,256,000 (2012: £1,648,000). 
The Company has also provided a guarantee on the finance lease facility in relation to the acquisition of Champion Sports Ireland 
up to a maximum of €2,500,000. In addition, the syndicated committed £75,000,000 bank facility, which was in place as at 
2 February 2013, encompassed cross guarantees between the Company, R.D. Scott Limited, Bank Fashion Limited, 
Topgrade Sportswear Limited, Nicholas Deakins Limited and Focus International Limited to the extent to which any of these 
companies were overdrawn. As at 2 February 2013, these facilities were drawn down by £nil (2012: £nil).

23. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)

Liquidity risk

The Group manages its cash and borrowing requirement to minimise net interest expense, whilst ensuring that the Group has 
sufficient liquid resources to meet the operating needs of the business. The forecast cash and borrowing profile of the Group is 
monitored on an ongoing basis, to ensure that adequate headroom remains under committed borrowing facilities. The Board 
review 13 week and annual cash flow forecasts each month.

Information about the maturity of the Group's financial liabilities is disclosed in note 22. 

As at 2 February 2013, there are committed facilities with a maturity profile as follows:

Expiring in more than two years but no more than three years 
Expiring in more than three years but no more than four years 

2013  
£000 
 75,000 
 - 
 75,000 

2012  
£000 
 - 
 75,000 
 75,000

The commitment fee on these facilities is 0.45% (2012: 0.45%).

Fair values

The fair values together with the carrying amounts shown in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at 
2 February 2013 are as follows:

Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings - current 
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings - non-current 
Trade and other payables - current 
Trade and other payables - non-current 

 Unrecognised gains/(losses) 

             GROUP 

            COMPANY 

 Note 
 20 
 21 
 22 
 22 
 24 
 24 

Carrying amount 
2013 
 £000 
 56,761 
 53,484 
(7,157)
(691)
(194,061)
(30,085)
(121,749)

Fair value 
2013 
£000 
 56,761 
 53,484 
(7,157)
(429)
(194,061)
(18,680)
(110,082)
 11,667 

Carrying amount 
2013 
£000 
 156,105 
 20,046 
 -   
 -   
(97,913)
(26,608)
 51,630 

Fair value 
2013 
£000 
 156,105 
 20,046 
 -   
 -   
(97,913)
(16,521)
 61,717 
 10,087 

112

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

113

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

23. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)

Fair values (continued)

The comparatives at 28 January 2012 are as follows:

Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings - current 
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings - non-current 
Trade and other payables - current 
Trade and other payables - non-current 

 Unrecognised gains/(losses) 

             GROUP 

            COMPANY 

 Note 
 20 
 21 
 22 
 22 
 24 
 24 

Carrying amount 
2012 
£000 
 54,147 
 67,024 
(5,547)
(1,182)
(196,256)
(36,149)
(117,963)

Fair value 
2012 
£000 
 54,147 
 67,024 
(5,547)
(768)
(196,256)
(23,494)
(104,894)
 13,069 

Carrying amount 
2012 
£000 
 123,953 
 28,762 
 -   
 -   
(95,077)
(28,440)
 29,198 

Fair value 
2012 
£000 
 123,953 
 28,762 
 -   
 -   
(95,077)
(18,484)
 39,154 
 9,956 

In the opinion of the Board, the fair value of the Group's current financial assets and liabilities as at 2 February 2013 and 
28 January 2012 are not considered to be materially different to that of the book value. On this basis, the carrying amounts have 
not been adjusted for the fair values. In respect of the Group's non- current financial assets and liabilities as at 2 February 2013 
and 28 January 2012, the fair value has been determined with reference to the time value of money.

Estimation of fair values 

For trade and other receivables/payables (as adjusted for the fair value of foreign exchange contracts), the notional amount is 
deemed to reflect the fair value.

Fair value hierarchy

As at 2 February 2013, the Group held the following financial instruments carried at fair value on the Statement of Financial Position:

• Foreign exchange forward contracts - non-hedged

• Put options held by non-controlling interests

The Group uses the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments by 
valuation technique:

Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

Level 2:  other techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, 

either directly or indirectly

Level 3:  techniques which use inputs that have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on 

observable market data

23. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)

At 2 February 2013
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 
Foreign exchange forward contracts – non-hedged  
Other financial liabilities 
Put options held by non-controlling interests 

At 28 January 2012
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 
Foreign exchange forward contracts – non-hedged  
Other financial liabilities 
Put options held by non-controlling interests 

24. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Current liabilities 
Trade payables 
Other payables and accrued expenses 
Other tax and social security costs 

Non-current liabilities 
Other payables and accrued expenses 
Amounts payable to other Group companies

Carrying 
amount 
£000 

 441 

(577)

Carrying 
amount 
£000 

 30 

(4,094)

Level 1 
£000 

 -   

 -   

Level 2 
£000 

 441 

 -   

Level 1 
£000 

Level 2 
£000 

 -   

 -   

 30 

 -   

Level 3 
£000 

 -   

(577)

Level 3 
£000 

 -   

(4,094)

                 GROUP 

                 COMPANY 

2012 
(restated 
- see note 1) 
£000 

 93,305 
 80,012 
 22,939 
 196,256 

 36,149 
 - 
 36,149 

2013 
£000 

 97,084 
 70,101 
 26,876 
 194,061 

 30,085 
 - 
 30,085 

2013 
£000 

 47,447 
 45,692 
 4,774 
 97,913

 20,026 
 6,582 
 26,608

2012 
£000 

 48,109 
 36,899 
 10,069 
 95,077 

 21,858 
 6,582 
 28,440 

Put options held by non-controlling interests

The Group has a number of options to buy the remaining shares in partly-owned subsidiaries from the non-controlling interest.  
The present value of these options has been estimated as at 2 February 2013 and is included within non-current other payables 
and accrued expenses.

Put options held by non-controlling interests 
At 28 January 2012 
Increase in the present value of the existing option liability 
Revaluation to fair value of the existing option liability 
Fair value recognised on acquisition 
On disposal 
At 2 February 2013 

 Canterbury 
Group  
 £000 

 Source Lab 
Limited  
£000 

 Tessuti Group 
Limited  
£000 

 4,094 
 1,167 
(2,570)
 -   
(2,691)
 -   

 -   
 -   
 -   
 216 
-
 216 

 -   
 -   
 -   
 361 
-
 361 

 Total  
£000 

 4,094 
 1,167 
(2,570)
 577 
(2,691)
 577

114

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

115

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

24. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES (CONTINUED)

Source Lab Limited

On 9 May 2012, the Group acquired 85% of the issued 
ordinary share capital of Source Lab Limited. The transaction 
included the agreement of a put and call option between JD 
Sports Fashion Plc and the vendor of Source Lab Limited, 
whereby JD Sports Fashion Plc may acquire or be required to 
acquire (in stages) the remaining 15% of the issued share 
capital of Source Lab Limited.  

This option is exercisable by either party after the third 
anniversary of the completion of the initial transaction, during 
the 30 day period commencing on the date on which the 
statutory accounts of Source Lab Limited for the relevant 
financial year have been approved by the board of directors. 
On exercise of the call option, all of the remaining 15% of the 
issued share capital of Source Lab Limited has to be acquired 
by JD Sports Fashion Plc. The put option is exercisable once in 
each 12 month period and at any one time, the number of 
shares that JD Sports Fashion Plc will be required to acquire is 
5% of the issued share capital of Source Lab Limited. The 
option price is calculated based on a multiple of the audited 
profit before distributions, interest, amortisation and 
exceptional items but after taxation for the relevant financial 
year prior to the exercise date. The option price shall not 
exceed £12,450,000.

On acquisition, the present value of the non-controlling 
interest’s put option has been calculated based on expected 
earnings in Board-approved forecasts and a discount rate of 
14.5% which is pre-tax and reflects the current market 
assessments of the time value of money and the specific risks 
applicable to the liability. A liability of £216,000 was 
recognised, with a corresponding debit to other equity. 
There is no significant change to the present value of the 
liability between acquisition date and the period end date and 
therefore the liability of £216,000 remains at 2 February 2013.

Tessuti Group Limited 
(formerly Aghoco 1096 Limited)

On 18 May 2012, the Group, via its new 60% owned 
subsidiary Tessuti Group Limited, acquired the trading 
businesses that make up the Tessuti Group. The transaction 
included the agreement of a put and call option between JD 
Sports Fashion Plc and the non-controlling interest in Tessuti 
Group Limited, whereby JD Sports Fashion Plc may acquire or 
be required to acquire (in stages) the remaining 40% of the 
issued share capital of Tessuti Group Limited.  

This option is exercisable by either party after the fifth 
anniversary of the completion of the initial transaction, during 
the 30 day period commencing on the date on which the 
statutory accounts of Tessuti Group Limited for the relevant 
financial year have been approved by the board of directors 
(exercise period). On exercise of the call option, all of the 
remaining 40% of the issued share capital of Tessuti Group 
Limited have to be acquired by JD Sports Fashion Plc. The put 
option is exercisable once in each exercise period, with the 
number of shares that JD Sports Fashion Plc required to 
acquire being set by the vendor at either 40% of the issued 
share capital of Tessuti Group Limited or at 5% increments up 
to this level. The option price is calculated based on a multiple 
of the audited consolidated profit before distributions, interest, 
amortisation and exceptional items but after taxation for Tessuti 
Group Limited (which includes its subsidiary undertakings) for 
the relevant financial year prior to the exercise date. The option 
price shall not exceed £12,000,000.

On acquisition, the present value of the non-controlling 
interest’s put option has been calculated based on expected 
earnings in Board-approved forecasts and a discount rate of 
14.5% which is pre-tax and reflects the current market 
assessments of the time value of money and the specific risks 
applicable to the liability. A liability of £361,000 was 
recognised, with a corresponding debit to other equity. 
There is no significant change to the present value of the 
liability between acquisition date and the period end date 
and therefore the liability of £361,000 remains at 
 2 February 2013.

Canterbury of New Zealand/Canterbury International 
(Australia) Pty Limited

The Group (via its subsidiary Canterbury Limited) was party to 
a put and call option agreement between Canterbury Limited 
and the vendors of Canterbury of New Zealand, whereby 
Canterbury Limited may acquire or be required to acquire the 
non-controlling interest of 49% of the issued share capital of 
Canterbury of New Zealand Limited.  

In addition, the Group (via its subsidiary Canterbury Limited) 
was party to a put and call option between Canterbury Limited 
and the non-controlling interest in Canterbury International 
(Australia) Pty Limited, whereby Canterbury Limited may 
acquire or be required to acquire 25% of the issued ordinary 
share capital of Canterbury International (Australia) Pty Limited.  

At the date of disposal of Canterbury Limited, a gross liability 
of £5,261,000 recognised for the put options on Canterbury of 
New Zealand and Canterbury International (Australia) Pty 
Limited measured in accordance with IAS 32 has been 
replaced with the fair value under IAS 39 of that derivative 
liability. This liability is included in the net assets disposed of.

25. PROVISIONS

The provisions for onerous property leases represent anticipated minimum contractual lease costs less potential sublease income 
for vacant properties. For loss making stores, provision is made to the extent that the lease is deemed to be onerous. The 
provisions are discounted where the effect is material. The pre-tax discount rate used is 13.3% (2012: 12.2%) which reflects the 
current market assessments of the time value of money and the specific risks applicable to the liability. 

GROUP 
Balance at 28 January 2012
Provisions created during the period
Provisions released during the period
Provisions utilised during the period
Exchange differences 
Balance at 2 February 2013

Provisions have been analysed between current and non-current as follows:

GROUP 
Current 
Non-current 

COMPANY 
Balance at 28 January 2012
Provisions created during the period
Provisions released during the period
Provisions utilised during the period
Balance at 2 February 2013

Provisions have been analysed between current and non-current as follows:

COMPANY 
Current 
Non-current 

Onerous 
property leases 
£000
 9,782 
 2,481 
(1,149)
(4,985)
(42)
 6,087 

2012 
£000 
 3,375 
 6,407 
 9,782 

Onerous 
property leases 
£000
 6,412 
 689 
 -   
(3,366)
 3,735 

2012 
£000 
 2,404 
 4,008 
 6,412 

2013 
£000 
 2,714 
 3,373 
 6,087 

2013  
£000 
 2,040 
 1,695 
 3,735 

116

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

117

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

26. DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

GROUP
Property, plant and equipment 
Chargeable gains held over/rolled over 
General accruals 
Tax losses 
Tax (assets)/liabilities 

  Assets 
2013 
£000  
 -   
 -   
 -   
(914)
(914)

 Assets  
2012  
£000 
 -   
 -   
 -   
(4,977)
(4,977)

 Liabilities  
2013  
£000 
 1,095 
 273 
 3,398 
 -   
 4,766 

Liabilities  
2012 
(restated 
- see note 1) 
£000  
 547 
 297 
 4,856 
 -   
 5,700 

Net 
2012 
(restated 
- see note 1) 
£000 
 547 
 297 
 4,856 
(4,977)
 723 

Net 
2013 
£000  
 1,095 
 273 
 3,398 
(914)
 3,852 

Deferred tax assets on losses of £4,500,000 (2012: £4,629,000) within Kooga Rugby Limited; £5,210,000 (2012: £5,204,000) 
within Champion Sports Ireland and £2,621,000 (2012: £3,300,000) within Kukri Sports Limited (and its subsidiaries) have not 
been recognised as there is uncertainty over the utilisation of these losses.

Movement in deferred tax during the period

GROUP
Balance at 29 January 2011 
Recognised in income 
Recognised on acquisition 
Balance at 28 January 2012 (restated - see note 1) 
Recognised in income 
Recognised on acquisition 
Recognised on disposal 
Balance at 2 February 2013 

 Property, plant 
and equipment  
£000 
(626)
 235 
 938 
 547 
(28)
 390 
 186 
 1,095 

 Chargeable 
gains  
held over/ 
rolled over 
£000 
 320 
(23)
 -   
 297 
(24)
 -   
 -   
 273 

 General 
accruals 
£000 
 890 
 1,594 
 2,372 
 4,856 
(2,376)
 213 
 705 
 3,398 

 Tax losses 
£000 
(709)
(3,526)
(742)
(4,977)
 2,829 
 -   
 1,234 
(914)

Recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

COMPANY
Property, plant and equipment 
Chargeable gains held over/rolled over 
General accruals 
Tax (assets)/liabilities 

  Assets 
2013 
£000  
 -   
 -   
(1,180)
(1,180)

 Assets  
2012  
£000 
 -   
 -   
(959)
(959)

 Liabilities  
2013  
£000 
 388 
 273 
 -   
 661 

Liabilities  
2012 
£000  
 355 
 297 
 -   
 652 

Net 
2013 
£000  
 388 
 273 
(1,180)
(519)

 Total 
£000  
(125)
(1,720)
 2,568 
 723 
 401 
 603 
 2,125 
 3,852 

Net 
2012 
£000 
 355 
 297 
(959)
(307)

26. DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)

Movement in deferred tax during the period

COMPANY
Balance at 29 January 2011 
Recognised in income 
Balance at 28 January 2012 
Recognised in income 
Balance at 2 February 2013 

  Property, plant 
and equipment  
£000
(331)
 686 
 355 
 33 
 388 

 Chargeable 
gains  
held over/ 
rolled over 
£000 
 320 
(23)
 297 
(24)
 273 

 General 
accruals 
£000
(1,071)
 112 
(959)
(221)
(1,180)

 Total 
£000  
(1,082)
 775 
(307)
(212)
(519)

At 2 February 2013, the Group has no recognised deferred income tax liability (2012: £nil) in respect of taxes that would be 
payable on the unremitted earnings of certain subsidiaries. As at 2 February 2013, the unrecognised gross temporary differences 
in respect of reserves of overseas subsidiaries is £12,983,000 (2012: £13,950,000). No deferred income tax liability has been 
recognised in respect of this temporary timing difference due to the foreign profits exemption, the availability of double tax relief 
and the ability to control the remittance of earnings. 

There are no income tax consequences attached to the payment of dividends by the Group to its shareholders. 

A reduction in the UK corporation tax rate from 26% to 25% (effective from 1 April 2012) was substantively enacted on 
5 July 2011, and further reductions to 24% (effective from 1 April 2012) and 23% (effective from 1 April 2013) were substantively 
enacted on 26 March 2012 and 3 July 2012 respectively. This will reduce the company's future current tax charge accordingly.  
The deferred tax liability at 2 February 2013 has been calculated based on the rate of 23% substantively enacted at the balance 
sheet date.  

The March 2013 Budget announced that the rate will further reduce to 20% by 2015 in addition to the planned reduction to 
21% by 2014 previously announced in the December 2012 Autumn Statement. It has not yet been possible to quantify the full 
anticipated effect of the announced further 3% rate reduction, although this will further reduce the company's future current tax 
charge and reduce the company's deferred tax liability accordingly.

118

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

119

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

27. CAPITAL

Issued ordinary share capital

GROUP AND COMPANY 
At 28 January 2012 and 2 February 2013 

Number of 
ordinary shares 
thousands 
 48,662 

Ordinary  
share capital 
£000
 2,433

The total number of authorised ordinary shares was 62,150,000 (2012: 62,150,000) with a par value of 5p per share 
(2012: 5p per share). All issued shares are fully paid.

The capital structure of the Group consists of equity attributable to equity holders of the parent, comprising issued share capital, 
share premium and retained earnings. 

It is the Board’s policy to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to  
sustain future development of the business. The processes for managing the Group's capital levels are that the Board regularly 
monitors the net cash/debt in the business, the working capital requirements and forecasts cash flows. Based on this analysis, the 
Board determines the appropriate return to equity holders while ensuring sufficient capital is retained in the business to meet its 
strategic objectives. 

The Board consider the capital of the Group as the net cash/debt at the year end (see note 31) and the Board review the gearing 
position of the Group which as at 2 February 2013 was less than zero (2012: less than zero). There were no changes to the 
Group’s approach to capital management during the period. 

Full disclosure on the rights attached to shares is provided in the Directors' Report on page 43. 

28. DIVIDENDS

After the reporting date the following dividends were proposed by the Directors. The dividends were not provided for at the 
reporting date.

22.00p per ordinary share (2012: 21.20p)  

Dividends on issued ordinary share capital

Final dividend of 21.20p (2012: 19.20p) per qualifying ordinary share paid in respect of prior period,  
but not recognised as a liability in that period 
Interim dividend of 4.30p (2012: 4.10p) per qualifying ordinary share paid in respect of current period

53 weeks to 
2 February 
2013 
£000
 10,706 

52 weeks to 
28 January 
2012 
£000
 10,316 

53 weeks to 
2 February 
2013 
£000

 10,316 
 2,092 
 12,408 

52 weeks to 
28 January 
2012 
£000

 9,343 
 1,995 
 11,338 

29. COMMITMENTS

Group

(i) Capital commitments

As at 2 February 2013, the Company had entered into contracts to purchase property, plant and equipment as follows:

GROUP 
Contracted 

2013  
£000 
 7,966 

2012 
£000 
 5,672

Included in the commitments at 28 January 2012 was £700,000 for the purchase of property, plant and equipment for the new 
warehouse which became fully operational in Summer 2012.  

(ii) Operating lease commitments 

The Group leases various retail outlets, offices, warehouses, plant and equipment under non-cancellable operating lease 
agreements. The leases have varying terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights.

Undiscounted total future minimum rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

GROUP
Within one year 
Later than one year and not later than five years 
After five years 

Land and 
buildings 
2013 
£000 
 96,120 
 288,973 
 248,055 
 633,148 

Plant and 
equipment 
2013 
£000
 1,109 
 1,257 
 104 
 2,470 

Land and 
buildings 
2012 
£000
 95,406 
 293,790 
 281,191 
 670,387 

Plant and 
equipment 
2012 
£000
 1,297 
 1,134 
 -   
 2,431

The future minimum rentals payable on land and buildings represent the base rents that are due on each property. 
Certain properties have rents which are partly dependent on turnover levels in the individual store concerned.

(iii) Sublease receipts

The Group subleases various retail outlets under non-cancellable operating lease agreements. The leases have varying terms, 
escalation clauses and renewal rights. The total future minimum operating sublease receipts expected to be received at 
2 February 2013 are as follows:

 GROUP 
Within one year 
Later than one year and not later than five years 
After five years 

2013 
£000 
 594 
 1,749 
 1,618 
 3,961 

2012 
£000 
 352 
 533 
 320 
 1,205 

 
 
120

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

121

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

29. COMMITMENTS (CONTINUED)

Company

(i)  Capital commitments

As at 2 February 2013, the Company had entered into contracts to purchase property, plant and equipment as follows:

COMPANY
Contracted 

2013  
£000 
2,378

2012  
£000 
2,534 

Included in the commitments at 28 January 2012 was £700,000 for the purchase of property, plant and equipment for the new 
warehouse which became fully operational in Summer 2012. 

(ii)  Operating lease commitments 

The Company leases various retail outlets, offices, warehouses, plant and equipment under non-cancellable operating lease 
agreements. The leases have varying terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights.

Undiscounted total future minimum rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

COMPANY
Within one year 
Later than one year and not later than five years 
After five years 

(iii) Sublease receipts

Land and 
buildings 
2013 
£000 
 59,122 
 181,558 
 164,288 
 404,968 

Plant and 
equipment 
2013 
£000
 695 
 774 
 104 
 1,573 

Land and 
buildings 
2012 
£000
 59,265 
 186,423 
 180,895 
 426,583 

Plant and 
equipment 
2012 
£000
 990 
 875 
 -   
 1,865 

The Company subleases various retail outlets under non-cancellable operating lease agreements. The leases have varying terms, 
escalation clauses and renewal rights. The total future minimum operating sublease receipts expected to be received at 
2 February 2013 are as follows:

COMPANY
Within one year 
Later than one year and not later than five years 
After five years 

2013  
£000 
 482 
 1,322 
 1,343 
 3,147 

2012  
£000 
 534 
 1,429 
 1,661 
 3,624 

30. PENSION SCHEMES

The Group only operates defined contribution pension schemes. The pension charge for the period represents contributions 
payable by the Group of £1,216,000 (2012: £1,367,000) in respect of employees, and £53,000 (2012: £49,000) 
in respect of Directors. The amount owed to the schemes at the period end was £239,000 (2012: £181,000).

31. ANALYSIS OF NET CASH

GROUP 
Cash at bank and in hand 
Overdrafts 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings: 
     Bank loans 
     Finance lease liabilities 
     Other loans 

COMPANY 
Cash at bank and in hand 
Cash and cash equivalents 

 At 28 January 
2012  
£000 
 67,024 
(5,413)
 61,611 

 On acquisition of 
subsidiaries  
£000 
 1,208 
(175)
 1,033 

 On disposal of 
subsidiaries  
£000 
(5,888)
 -   
(5,888)

(289)
(660)
(367)
 60,295 

 -   
 -   
(508)
 525 

 -   
 -   
 367 
(5,521)

At 28 January 
2012 
£000 
 28,762 
 28,762 

 Cash flow 
 £000 
(7,827)
(1,834)
(9,661)

 205 
 593 
 40 
(8,823)

 Cash flow  
£000
(8,558)
(8,558)

 Non-cash 
movements  
£000 
(1,033)
 166 
(867)

 At 2 February 
2013  
£000 
 53,484 
(7,256)
 46,228 

 16 
 11 
 -   
(840)

(68)
(56)
(468)
 45,636 

Non-cash 
movements  
£000
(158)
(158)

At 2 February 
2013 
£000 
 20,046 
 20,046 

122

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

123

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

32. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND BALANCES

32. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND BALANCES (CONTINUED)

COMPANY 
Focus Brands Limited
Purchase of inventory
Rental income

Income from 
related parties 
2013 
£000

Expenditure with 
related parties 
2013 
£000

Income from 
related parties 
30 January to 
15 February 
2011 
£000

Expenditure with 
related parties 
30 January to 
15 February 
2011
£000

 -   
 -   

 -   
 -   

 -   
 17 

(395)
 -   

At the end of the period, the Company had the following balances outstanding with related parties who are not members of the Group:

COMPANY
Pentland Group Plc
Trade receivables/(payables)

Amounts owed by 
related parties 
2013 
£000

Amounts owed to 
related parties 
2013 
£000

Amounts owed by 
related parties 
2012 
£000

Amounts owed to 
related parties 
2012 
£000

 380 

(1,175)

 58 

(1,429)

Pentland Group Plc owns 57.5% (2012: 57.5%) of the issued ordinary share capital of JD Sports Fashion Plc. 
The Group and Company made purchases of inventory from Pentland Group Plc in the period and the Group also 
sold inventory to Pentland Group Plc. In the current period, the Company disposed its 100% shareholding in Canterbury Limited 
to Pentland Group Plc for £22,699,000 (see note 12). The other income represents marketing contributions received, whilst the 
Group also paid royalty costs to Pentland Group Plc for the use of a brand. 

Focus Brands Limited was an entity jointly controlled by JD Sports Fashion Plc and the former shareholders of 
Focus Group Holdings Limited. JD Sports Fashion Plc owned 49% of the issued share capital of Focus Brands Limited 
up until 16 February 2011 when it acquired a further 31% (see note 17). Focus Brands Limited became a subsidiary of the Group 
from this date rather than a jointly- controlled entity. The Company and its subsidiaries made purchases from the Focus Group, 
the Company rents a property to this entity and the Company receives royalty income in relation to Peter Werth, Fly 53 and 
Sonneti brand names, as well as the Sergio Tacchini licence (see note 13).

Transactions and balances with related parties during the period are shown below. Transactions were undertaken in the ordinary 
course of business on an arms length basis. Outstanding balances are unsecured (unless otherwise stated) and will be settled in cash. 

Transactions with related parties who are not members of the Group

During the period, the Group entered into the following transactions with related parties who are not members of the Group:

GROUP
Pentland Group Plc
Sale of inventory
Purchase of inventory
Royalty costs
Proceeds from disposal of Canterbury Limited
Other income

GROUP
Focus Brands Limited
Purchase of inventory
Interest income
Royalty income

Income from 
related parties 
2013 
£000

Expenditure with 
related parties 
2013 
£000

Income from 
related parties 
2012 
£000

Expenditure with 
related parties 
2012
£000

 478 
 -   
 -   
 22,699 
 -   

-
(25,610)
(190)
 -   
 -   

 7 
 -   
 -   
 -   
 203 

 -   
(13,672)
(282)
 -   
 -   

Income from 
related parties 
2013 
£000

Expenditure with 
related parties 
2013 
£000

Income from 
related parties 
30 January to 
15 February  
2011 
£000

Expenditure with  
related parties 
30 January to 
15 February
2011 
£000

 -   
 -   
 -   

 -   
 -   
 -   

 -   
 17   
 49   

(1,489)
 -   
 -   

At the end of the period, the following balances were outstanding with related parties who are not members of the Group:

GROUP
Pentland Group Plc
Trade receivables/(payables)

Amounts owed by 
related parties 
2013 
£000

Amounts owed to 
related parties 
2013 
£000

Amounts owed 
by related parties 
2012 
£000

Amounts owed 
to related parties 
2012
£000

 321 

(1,790)

 58 

(1,773)

During the period, the Company entered into the following transactions with related parties who are not members of the Group: 

COMPANY
Pentland Group Plc
Purchase of inventory
Receipt of Canterbury intercompany debt
Other income

Income from 
related parties 
2013 
£000

Expenditure with 
related parties 
2013 
£000

Income from 
related parties 
2012 
£000

Expenditure with 
related parties 
2012
£000

 -   
 22,699 
 369 

(14,126)
 -   
 -   

 -   
 -   
 216 

(8,792)
 -   
 -   

  
 
124

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

125

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

32. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND BALANCES (CONTINUED)

Transactions with related parties who are members of the Group

During the period, the Company entered into the following transactions with related parties who are members of the Group:

COMPANY
Canterbury of New Zealand Limited (UK)
Purchase of inventory
Canterbury European Fashionwear Limited
Purchase of inventory
JD Sports Fashion (France) SAS
Interest income
Spodis SA
Interest income
Duffer of St George Limited
Interest income
John David Sports Fashion (Ireland) Limited
Sale of inventory
Other income
Kooga Rugby Limited
Purchase of inventory
Nanny State Limited
Interest income
Nicholas Deakins Limited
Sale/(purchase) of inventory
R.D. Scott Limited
Rental income
Concession fee
Topgrade Sportswear Limited
Sale/(purchase) of inventory
Interest income
Focus International Limited
Purchase of inventory
Rental income
Royalty income
Kukri Sports Limited
Purchase of inventory
Interest income
Champion Sports Ireland
Purchase of inventory
JD Spain Sport Fashion 2010 SL
Purchase of inventory
Source Lab Limited
Purchase of inventory
Tessuti Group Limited
Interest income

Income from 
related parties 
2013 
£000

Expenditure with 
related parties 
2013 
£000

Income from 
related parties 
2012 
£000

Expenditure with 
related parties 
2012 
£000

 -   

 -   

 134 

 146 

 36 

 9,388 
 1,173 

 -   

 23 

 287 

 152 
 -   

 8 
 126 

 -   
 199 
 486 

 -   
 63 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 26 

(95)

(7)

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   
 -   

(2)

 -   

(1,058)

(155)

 -   
 -   

(2,589)
 -   
 -   

(11)
 -   

(626)

(5)

(208)

 -   

 -   

 -   

 148 

 -   

 44 

 7,259 
 728 

 -   

 22 

 379 

 266 
 -   

 -   
 110 

 -   
 183 
 242 

 -   
 44 

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

(252)

 -   

 -   

 - 

 -   

 -   
 -   

(71)

 -   

(858)

(162)

(5)
 -   

(3,562)
 -   
 -   

(37)
 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

32. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND BALANCES (CONTINUED)

At the end of the period, the Company had the following balances outstanding with related parties who are members of the Group:

COMPANY
Athleisure Limited
Long term loan
Pink Soda Limited
Long term loan
Bank Fashion Limited
Debenture loan (interest bearing)
Long term loan
Working capital loan
Trade receivables/(payables)
Income tax group relief
Canterbury Limited
Secured loan
Working capital loan
Income tax Group relief
Canterbury of New Zealand Limited (UK)
Working capital loan
Trade payables
Canterbury European Fashionwear Limited
Income tax Group relief 
Allsports.co.uk Limited
Long term loan
JD Sports Fashion (France) SAS
Long term loan
Spodis SA
Long term loan
Other intercompany balances
Duffer of St George Limited
Secured loan
Income tax Group relief
John David Sports Fashion (Ireland) Limited
Trade receivables
Other intercompany balances

Kooga Rugby Limited
Long term loan (net of provision)
Working capital loan
Trade payables
Income tax Group relief

Amounts owed by 
related parties
2013
£000

Amounts owed to  
related parties
2013
£000

Amounts owed by 
related parties
2012
£000

Amounts owed to 
related parties
2012
£000

 6,638 

 -   

 5,000 
 10,681 
 2,694 
 -   
 -   

 -   
 -   
 -   

 -   
 -   

 -   

 -   

 4,212 

 11,552 
 4,710 

 690 
 -   

 802 
 4,259 

 1,499 
 3,580 
 -   
 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   
 -   
 -   
(43)
(806)

 -   
 -   
 -   

 -   
 -   

 -   

(6,582)

 -   

 -   
 -   

 -   
(4)

 -   
 -   

 -   
 -   
(25)
(181)

 6,638 

 10,681 

 -   
 -   
 -   
 57 
 -   

 6,500 
 3,322 

 13,506 
 -   

 -   

 -   

 4,251 

 4,167 
 3,009 

 899 
 -   

 457 
 3,660 

 1,499 
 3,101 
 -   
 -   

 -   

 -   

 - 
 - 
 - 
(2)
 -   

 -   
 -   
(85)

 -   
(9)

(202)

(6,582)

 -   

 -   
 -   

 -   
 -   

 -   
 -   

 -   
 -   
(10)
(271)

126

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

127

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

32. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND BALANCES (CONTINUED)

32. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND BALANCES (CONTINUED)

At the end of the period, the Company had the following balances outstanding with related parties who are members of the Group:

At the end of the period, the Company had the following balances outstanding with related parties who are members of the Group:

COMPANY
Nanny State Limited
Secured loan
Working capital loan
Income tax Group relief
Nicholas Deakins Limited
Trade receivables/(payables)
Other intercompany balances
R.D. Scott Limited
Debenture loan (interest bearing)
Long term loan
Working capital loan
Trade receivables/(payables)
Income tax Group relief
Topgrade Sportswear Limited
Working capital loan
Trade receivables/(payables)
Other intercompany balances
Income tax Group relief
Premium Fashion Limited
Debenture loan (interest bearing)
Long term loan
Working capital loan
Income tax Group relief
Champion Sports Ireland
Working capital loan
Other intercompany balances 
Trade receivables
Marathon Sports Limited
Income tax Group relief
JD Sprinter Holdings 2010 SL
Trade receivables
JD Spain Sport Fashion 2010 SL
Trade receivables
Focus Brands Limited
Working capital loan

Amounts owed by 
related parties
2013
£000

Amounts owed to  
related parties
2013
£000

Amounts owed by 
related parties
2012
£000

Amounts owed to 
related parties
2012
£000

 -   
 117 
 -   

 72 
 38 

 5,000 
 -   
 547 
 -   
 -   

 8,314 
 726 
 16 
 -   

 5,000 
 -   
 -   
 -   

 600 
 77 
 385 

 -   

 23 

 473 

 3,302 

 -   
 -   
(7)

(42)
 -   

 -   
 -   
 -   
(108)
(471)

 -   
 -   
 -   
(140)

 -   
 -   
(724)
(609)

 -   
 -   
(745)

(43)

 -   

 -   

 -   

 494 
 631 
 -   

 95 
 71 

 -   
 5,047 
 -   
 64 
 -   

 8,188 
 92 
 -   
 -   

 -   
 1,598 
 574 
 -   

 -   
 -   
 106 

 -   

 10 

 -   

 3,302 

 -   
 -   
(31)

(30)
 -   

 -   
 -   
 -   
(60)
 -   

 -   
(3)
 -   
(112)

 -   
 -   
 -   
(369)

 -   
 -   
 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

COMPANY
Focus International Limited
Other intercompany balances 
Trade receivables/(payables)
Kukri Sports Limited
Long term loan
Long term loan (interest bearing)
Trade receivables/(payables)
Working capital loan
Other intercompany balances
Kukri GB Limited
Working capital loan
Trade receivables
Income tax Group relief
Kukri (Asia) Limited
Income tax Group relief
Kukri Sports Ireland Limited
Other intercompany balances
Frank Harrison Limited
Income tax Group relief
Blacks Outdoor Retail Limited
Working capital loan
Long term loan
Trade receivables
Income tax Group relief
Source Lab Limited
Trade receivables/(payables)
Tessuti Limited
Other intercompany balances
Blue Retail Limited
Other intercompany balances
Tessuti Group Limited
Long term loan
Long term loan (interest bearing)
Other intercompany balances

Amounts owed by 
related parties
2013
£000

Amounts owed to  
related parties
2013
£000

Amounts owed by 
related parties
2012
£000

Amounts owed to 
related parties
2012
£000

 95 
 360 

 -   
 2,687 
 60 
 122 
 206 

2,477
 310 
 -   

 -   

103

 -   

 27,587 
 20,000 
 -   
 -   

 125 

511

2

 2,355 
 836 
 24 

 -  
(68)

 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   

 -   
 -   
(242)

(81)

 -   

(26)

 -   
 -   
 -   
(5,283)

(8)

 -   

 -   

 -   
 -   
 -   

 29 
 142 

 180 
 2,444 
 -   
 490 
 -   

 -   
 184 
 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 3,820 
 20,000 
 57 
 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   
 -   
 -   

 -  
(1)

 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   

 -   
 -   
 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   
 -   
 -   
(1,474)

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   
 -   
 -   

 
128

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

129

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

33. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

34. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has provided the following guarantees:

Acquisition of Cloggs Online Limited

•  Guarantee on the working capital facilities in Spodis SA 

of €5,000,000 (2012: €5,000,000)

•  Guarantee of €1,100,000 on bonds and guarantees 

in Spodis SA

•  Guarantee on the working capital and other banking 

facilities in relation to the Sprinter Megacentros Del Deporte 
SLU of €8,750,000

•  Guarantee on the finance lease facility in relation to the 

acquisition of Champion Sports Ireland, up to a maximum of 
€2,500,000 (2012: €2,500,000). At 2 February 2013, the 
related liability remaining is €27,000

•  Guarantee on the working capital facilities in Champion 

Sports Ireland up to a maximum of €3,000,000 
(2012: €3,000,000)

•  Guarantee to Pentland Group Plc on the outstanding legal 

settlement and associated legal costs that Canterbury 
International (Australia) Pty Limited had with the Australian 
Rugby Union at the point of disposal of Canterbury in excess 
of AUD$175,000

In the period ending 28 January 2012, the Company had 
provided the following guarantees, which expired on disposal 
of the Canterbury Group:

•  Guarantee capped at £788,000 in relation to the acquisition 
of Canterbury of New Zealand Limited under a kit supply 
and sponsorship agreement with the Scottish Rugby Union 
Plc, which was entered into in January 2010

•  Guarantee on the working capital facilities in Canterbury 
International (Australia) Pty Limited of AUD$3,000,000 

On 13 February 2013, the Group acquired, via its new 88% owned subsidiary Cloggs Online Limited, the trade and assets of 
Cloggs (UK) Limited from its Administrators for a total cash consideration of £600,000.  

The provisional goodwill calculation is summarised below:

Acquiree's net assets at acquisition date: 
Intangible Assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Trade and other payables 
Net identifiable assets 
Non-controlling interest (12%) 
Goodwill on acquisition 
Consideration paid - satisfied in cash 

Book value 
£000 

Measurements 
adjustment 
£000 

Provisional fair 
value at 
2 February 
2013  
£000 

 105 
 60 
 347 
 88 
 -   
 600 
(72)

 495 
 20 
 253 
(48)
(720)
-
 -   

 600 
 80 
 600 
 40 
(720)
 600 
(72)
 72 
 600

35. ULTIMATE PARENT COMPANY

The Company is a subsidiary undertaking of Pentland Group Plc which is also the ultimate parent company. 
Pentland Group Plc is incorporated in England and Wales.

The largest group in which the results of the Company are consolidated is that headed by Pentland Group Plc. 
The results of Pentland Group Plc may be obtained from Companies House, Crown Way, Cardiff, CF14 3UZ. 

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption in s408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present its individual income 
statement and related notes. The total recognised income and expense for the parent included in these consolidated financial 
statements is £47,874,000 (2012: £52,190,000). The Consolidated Financial Statements of JD Sports Fashion Plc are available to 
the public and may be obtained from The Company Secretary, JD Sports Fashion Plc, Hollinsbrook Way, Pilsworth, Bury, BL9 8RR 
or online at www.jdplc.com.

32. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND  
BALANCES (CONTINUED)

Long term loans represent historic intercompany balances and 
initial investment in subsidiary undertakings to enable them to 
purchase other businesses. These loans do not attract interest, 
with the exception firstly of the loans to Spodis SA and 
JD Sports Fashion (France) SAS, where interest is charged at 
the official French government interest rate. This interest rate is 
variable and is reviewed quarterly. These loans are repayable 
on demand.

In addition an element of the long term loans to Tessuti Group 
Limited and Kukri Sports Limited attract interest at the UK base 
rate plus a margin of 4.5% and 2.0% respectively. These loans 
are repayable on demand.

Debenture loans represent formal loans agreements put in 
place between the Company and its subsidiaries Bank Fashion 
Limited, RD Scott Limited and Premium Fashion Limited. 
These loans attract interest at the UK base rate plus a margin 
of 2.0% and are repayable on demand. 

Working capital loans represent short term financing provided 
by the Company to its subsidiaries. These loans do not attract 
interest, with the exception of the loan to Topgrade Sportswear 
Limited and Kukri Sports Limited which are not wholly owned 
subsidiaries. The loan to Topgrade Sportswear Limited attracts 
interest at the UK base rate plus a margin of 1.0%. The loan to 
Kukri Sports Limited attracts interest at the UK base rate plus a 
margin of 2.0%. These loans are repayable on demand.  

The secured loans from the Company to Duffer of St George 
Limited and Nanny State Limited are secured upon the 
intellectual property in these companies. The loan to Duffer of 
St George Limited and Nanny State Limited accrue interest at 
the UK base rate plus a margin of 4.0%. These loans are 
repayable on demand.

The secured loans and working capital loans from the 
Company to Canterbury Limited and Canterbury of 
New Zealand Limited (UK) were fully repaid as part of 
the consideration received on disposal of the Canterbury 
business (see note 12). 

Other intercompany balances relates to recharges.

Trade receivables/payables relate to the sale and purchase of 
stock between the Company and its subsidiaries on arms 
length terms.

There have been no transactions in the year (2012: £nil) and 
there are no balances outstanding (2012: £nil) with the other 
subsidiary undertakings of the Company, as listed in note 36.

Other than the remuneration of Directors as shown in note 5 
and in the Directors' Remuneration Report on page 59 there 
have been no other transactions with Directors in the year 
(2012: nil)

 
130

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

131

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

36. PRINCIPAL SUBSIDIARY UNDERTAKINGS 

The following companies were the principal subsidiary undertakings of JD Sports Fashion Plc at 2 February 2013. 

 Name of subsidiary 
 John David Sports Fashion (Ireland) Limited 
 Athleisure Limited 
 R.D. Scott Limited 
 Pink Soda Limited 
 Varsity Kit Limited* 
 Bank Fashion Limited* 
 Topgrade Sportswear Holdings Limited 
 Topgrade Sportswear Limited* 

 Nicholas Deakins Limited 
 JD Sports Fashion (France) SAS 
 Spodis SA* 
 Kooga Rugby Limited 
 Duffer of St George Limited 
 Premium Fashion Limited 
 Nanny State Limited 
 Focus Brands Limited 
 Focus International Limited* 
 Kukri Sports Limited 
 Kukri GB Limited* 
 Kukri (Asia) Limited* 
 Kukri NZ Limited* 
 Kukri Sports Ireland Limited* 
 Kukri Australia Pty Limited* 
 Kukri Sports Canada Inc* 
 Frank Harrison Limited* 
 Kukri Sports Middle East JLT* 
 Kukri Pte Limited* 
 Champion Sports Group Limited* 
 PCPONE* 
 JD Champion Ireland Limited* 
 Champion Sports Ireland*  
 Marathon Sports Limited* 
 Champion Sports (Holdings)*  
 JD Sprinter Holdings 2010 SL 
 JD Spain Sport Fashion 2010 SL* 
 Sprinter Megacentros Del Deporte SLU* 
 Blacks Outdoor Retail Limited 
 Source Lab Limited 
 Tessuti Group Limited 
 Tessuti Limited *
 Prima Designer Limited *

Place of 
registration

Nature of business 
and operation 

Ownership 
interest 

Voting rights 
interest

 Ireland 
 UK 
 UK 
 UK 
 UK 
 UK 
 UK 
 UK 

 UK 
 France 
 France 
 UK 
 UK 
 UK 
 UK 
 UK 
 UK 
 UK 
 UK 
 Hong Kong 
 New Zealand 
 Ireland 
 Australia 
 Canada 
 UK 
 Middle East 
 Singapore 
 Ireland 
 Ireland 
 Ireland 
 Ireland 
 UK 
 Ireland 
 Spain 
 Spain 
 Spain 
 UK 
 UK 
 UK 
 UK 
 UK 

 Retailer of sports inspired footwear and apparel 
 Intermediate holding company 
 Retailer of fashion clothing and footwear 
 Intermediate holding company 
 Intermediate holding company 
 Retailer of fashion clothing and footwear 
 Intermediate holding company 
  Distributor and multichannel retailer of sports and fashion 
clothing and footwear 
 Distributor of fashion footwear 
 Intermediate holding company 
 Retailer of sports footwear and accessories 
 Distributor of rugby clothing and accessories 
 Licensor of a fashion brand 
 Retailer of fashion clothing and footwear 
 Distributor of fashion footwear and apparel 
 Intermediate holding company 
 Distributor of sports clothing and footwear 
 Intermediate holding company 
 Distributor and retailer of sports clothing and accessories 
 Distributor of sports clothing and accessories 
 Distributor of sports clothing and accessories 
 Distributor of sports clothing and accessories 
 Distributor of sports clothing and accessories 
 Distributor of sports clothing and accessories 
 Distributor and retailer of school clothing  
 Distributor of sports clothing and accessories 
 Distributor of sports clothing and accessories 
 Intermediate holding company 
 Intermediate holding company 
 Retailer of sports and leisure goods 
 Retailer of sports and leisure goods 
 Retailer of sports and leisure goods 
 Intermediate holding company 
 Intermediate holding company 
 Retailer of sports and leisure goods 
 Retailer of sports and leisure goods 
 Retailer of outdoor footwear, apparel and equipment 
 Design and distributor of sportswear 
 Intermediate holding company 
 Retailer of fashion clothing and footwear 
 Retailer of fashion clothing and footwear 

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
80%

80%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
80%
80%
80%
80%
80%
60%
80%
66%
60%
72%
80%
80%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
50.1%
65.1%
50.1%
100%
85%
60%
60%
60%

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
80%

80%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
80%
80%
80%
80%
80%
60%
80%
66%
60%
72%
80%
80%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
50.1%
65.1%
50.1%
100%
85%
60%
60%
60%

*Indirect holding of the Company

A full list of subsidiary undertakings of JD Sports Fashion Plc can be obtained from Companies House.

FIVE YEAR RECORD
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

Revenue 
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 
Selling and distribution expenses - normal 
Selling and distribution expenses - exceptional 
Selling and distribution expenses 
Administrative expenses - normal 
Administrative expenses - exceptional 
Administrative expenses 
Other operating income 
Operating profit 
Before exceptional items 
Exceptional items 
Operating profit before financing and share 
of result of joint venture 
Share of results of joint venture before exceptional items (net of income tax) 
Share of exceptional items (net of income tax) 
Share of results of joint venture 
Financial income 
Financial expenses 
Profit before tax 
Income tax expense 
Profit for the period 
Attributable to equity holders of the parent 
Attributable to non-controlling interest 
Basic earnings per ordinary share 
Adjusted basic earnings per ordinary share (i) 
Dividends per ordinary share (ii) 

52 weeks to 
31 January 
2009 
£000
 670,855 
(340,309)
 330,546 
(256,315)
(8,201)
(264,516)
(20,867)
(8,122)
(28,989)
 1,109 
 38,150 
 54,473 
(16,323)
 38,150 

(166)
 914 
 748 
 529 
(1,210)
 38,217 
(13,707)
 24,510 
 24,379 
 131 
 50.49p 
 72.33p 
 12.00p 

52 weeks to 
30 January 
2010 
£000
 769,785 
(390,248)
 379,537 
(288,462)
(6,458)
(294,920)
(26,051)
 1,472 
(24,579)
 2,270 
 62,308 
 67,294 
(4,986)
 62,308 

 539 
(1,012)
(473)
 385 
(827)
 61,393 
(18,647)
 42,746 
 42,900 
(154)
 88.16p 
 93.64p 
 18.00p 

52 weeks to 
29 January 
2011 
£000
 883,669 
(446,657)
 437,012 
(326,296)
(3,277)
(329,573)
(32,966)
(1,007)
(33,973)
 2,177 
 75,643 
 79,927 
(4,284)
 75,643 

 1,475 
 1,348 
 2,823 
 618 
(455)
 78,629 
(22,762)
 55,867 
 55,884 
(17)
 114.84p 
 116.86p 
 23.00p 

52 weeks to 
28 January 
2012 
£000
 1,059,523 
(538,676)
 520,847 
(403,923)
(10,532)
(414,455)
(43,193)
 847 
(42,346)
 2,730 
 66,776 
 76,461 
(9,685)
 66,776 

(102)
 1,170 
 1,068 
 646 
(1,048)
 67,442 
(18,093)
 49,349 
 46,847 
 2,502 
 96.27p 
 105.89p 
 25.30p 

53 weeks to 
2 February 
2013 
£000
 1,258,892 
(645,404)
 613,488 
(494,619)
(3,724)
(498,343)
(59,973)
(1,624)
(61,597)
 2,427 
 55,975 
 61,323 
(5,348)
 55,975 

 -   
 -   
 -   
 645 
(1,503)
 55,117 
(13,875)
 41,242 
 38,786 
 2,456 
 79.71p 
 88.51p 
 26.30p 

(i)  Adjusted basic earnings per ordinary share is based on earnings excluding the post-tax effect of certain exceptional items 

(see note 10).

(ii) Represents dividends declared for the year. Under IFRS dividends are only accrued when approved.

 
132

ANNUAL REPORT  
& ACCOUNTS  
2013

FINANCIAL CALENDAR

Final Results Announced

Final Dividend Record Date

Financial Statements Published

Annual General Meeting

Final Dividend Payable

Interim Results Announced

Period End (52 Weeks)

Final Results Announced

17 April 2013

10 May 2013

May 2013

27 June 2013

5 August 2013

 September 2013

01 February 2014

April 2014

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

Registered office
JD Sports Fashion Plc
Hollinsbrook Way
Pilsworth
Bury
Lancashire BL9 8RR

Company number
Registered in England 
and Wales, 
Number 1888425

Financial advisers 
and stockbrokers
Investec
2 Gresham Street
London EC2V 7QP

Financial public relations
MHP Communications
60 Great Portland Street
London W1W 7RT

Principal bankers
Barclays Bank Plc
43 High Street
Sutton
Surrey SM1 1DR

Registrars
Equiniti Limited
Aspect House
Spencer Road
Lancing
West Sussex BN99 6DA

Solicitors
DLA Piper UK LLP
Princes Exchange
Princes Square
Leeds LS1 4BY

Addleshaw Goddard LLP
100 Barbirolli Square
Manchester M2 3AB
Auditor
KPMG Audit Plc
St James’ Square
Manchester M2 6DS

The Board wishes to express its thanks to the marketing and finance departments for the in-house production of this 
Annual Report and Accounts.